Merge branch 'master' into avaldizan-tc-create-1

en_tn_04-NUM.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-NUM	front	intro	p55k			0		# Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n    * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n    * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n    * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)\n    * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)\n    * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n    * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n    * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n    * The quails (11:16–35)\n    * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n    * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n    * Commands (15:1-41)\n    * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)\n    * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n    * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n    * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n    * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n    * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n    * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n    * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n    * The second counting (26:1-65)\n    * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n    * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n    * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n    * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n    * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n    * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n    * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n    * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
+NUM	front	intro	p55k			0		# Introduction to Numbers<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>    * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>    * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>    * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>    * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>    * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>    * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>    * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>    * The quails (11:16–35)<br>    * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>    * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>    * Commands (15:1-41)<br>    * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>    * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>    * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>    * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>    * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>    * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>    * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>    * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>    * The second counting (26:1-65)<br>    * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>    * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>    * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>    * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>    * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>    * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>    * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>    * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
 NUM	1	intro	av14			0		# Numbers 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
 NUM	1	1	fr2s			0	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
 NUM	1	1	u2p1	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֩ לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י	1	on 1 of the second month	This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ NUM	7	29	m62d			0	Eliab son of Helon	See how you translated this man’s name in
 NUM	7	30	g7np	translate-ordinal		0	the fourth day	Alternate translation: “day 4” or “day number 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	30	i4g9			0	Elizur son of Shedeur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
 NUM	7	31	z13a	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-NUM	7	31	x59n	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	\nSee how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	31	x59n	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	<br>See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	31	ccm9	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	31	xme1	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	32	ce94	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ NUM	8	24	ygl7			0	All of this is for the Levites	Alternate translation: “All o
 NUM	8	24	q65x	translate-numbers		0	twenty-five years old	Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	8	24	l8m6			0	must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting	The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
 NUM	8	25	hw8k	translate-numbers		0	at the age of fifty years	Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	9	intro	p8ra			0		# Numbers 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Passover\n\nThis chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
+NUM	9	intro	p8ra			0		# Numbers 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
 NUM	9	1	zi29	translate-ordinal		0	in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt	This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	9	1	w91f	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן	1	in the first month	This is the **first month** of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 NUM	9	1	ku29	figs-idiom		0	after they came out from the land of Egypt	Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1158,8 +1158,8 @@ NUM	21	26	v9rj			0	Sihon had taken all his land	Here “his” refers to the kin
 NUM	21	27	bf5s	figs-parallelism		0	Heshbon … city of Sihon	These are two names that refer to the same city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	21	27	pw7i	figs-activepassive		0	Let the city of Sihon be rebuilt and established again	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let someone rebuild and establish again the city of Sihon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	21	27	a4ni	figs-doublet		0	rebuilt and established	These two terms are very similar and emphasize that the city will be fully rebuilt. Alternate translation: “completely rebuilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-NUM	21	28	hxh1	figs-parallelism	כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן	1	For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	21	28	qha8	figs-metaphor	כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן	1	For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon	Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	21	28	hxh1	figs-parallelism	כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן	1	For fire went out from Heshbon,<br>a flame from the city of Sihon	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM	21	28	qha8	figs-metaphor	כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן	1	For fire went out from Heshbon,<br>a flame from the city of Sihon	Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	21	28	di4e	figs-metaphor		0	devoured Ar of Moab	The army of Sihon is spoken of as if it was an animal that ate up the city of Ar. Alternate translation: “destroyed the town of Ar in the land of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	21	29	cu3d	figs-parallelism		0	Moab … people of Chemosh	These two phrases refer to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	21	29	r97r			0	people of Chemosh	Alternate translation: “Chemosh” was the name of the false god whom the Moabites worshiped. Alternate translation: “the people who worship Chemosh”
@@ -1255,8 +1255,8 @@ NUM	23	9	hq42	figs-parallelism		0	from the top of the rocks I see him … from t
 NUM	23	9	a551	figs-metonymy		0	I see him … I look at him	Here “him” is a metonym that refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	23	9	mm7u			0	there is a people	Alternate translation: “there is a group of people”
 NUM	23	9	ni8f	figs-litotes		0	do not consider themselves as just an ordinary nation	This negative statement is used to stress that the opposite is true. Alternate translation: “they consider themselves to be a special nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-NUM	23	10	hr4v	figs-metaphor	מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Who can count the dust of Jacob\nor number the fourth part of Israel?	Here **dust of Jacob** is a metaphor that speaks of the number of Israelites as if they were as numerous as the specks of dust. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	23	10	x7sy	figs-rquestion	מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Who can count the dust of Jacob\nor number the fourth part of Israel?	If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are too many Israelites to count. No one could count even a fourth of them because there are so many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+NUM	23	10	hr4v	figs-metaphor	מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Who can count the dust of Jacob<br>or number the fourth part of Israel?	Here **dust of Jacob** is a metaphor that speaks of the number of Israelites as if they were as numerous as the specks of dust. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	23	10	x7sy	figs-rquestion	מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Who can count the dust of Jacob<br>or number the fourth part of Israel?	If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are too many Israelites to count. No one could count even a fourth of them because there are so many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	23	10	uxp9	figs-explicit		0	the death of a righteous person	It is understood that this will be a peaceful death. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “the peaceful death of a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	23	10	am5i	figs-metonymy		0	a righteous person … like his	These are metonymies that refer to the people of Israel as a single person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	23	11	x2xr			0	Balak	This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
@@ -1271,14 +1271,14 @@ NUM	23	16	fc1n	figs-metaphor		0	put a message in his mouth	The message is spoken
 NUM	23	16	yn5x			0	He said	Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said”
 NUM	23	18	kka5	figs-parallelism		0	Balak, and hear … Listen to me, you son of Zippor	These two phrases mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize how important it was for Balak to pay attention. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	23	18	d6y8			0	Balak … son of Zippor	See how you translated these names in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
-NUM	23	19	q4wm	figs-parallelism	הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Has he said and not done,\nOr spoken and not made it arise?	Both of these clauses mean the same thing and emphasize that God does what he says he will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	23	19	cqsi	figs-rquestion	הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Has he said and not done,\nOr spoken and not made it arise?	These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “He has never promised a thing without fulfilling what he promised. He has always done exactly what he said he would do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+NUM	23	19	q4wm	figs-parallelism	הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Has he said and not done,<br>Or spoken and not made it arise?	Both of these clauses mean the same thing and emphasize that God does what he says he will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM	23	19	cqsi	figs-rquestion	הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Has he said and not done,<br>Or spoken and not made it arise?	These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “He has never promised a thing without fulfilling what he promised. He has always done exactly what he said he would do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	23	20	tga7	figs-activepassive		0	I have been commanded to bless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to bless the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	23	21	w1xp	figs-parallelism		0	hardship in Jacob … trouble in Israel	These two phrases mean the same thing. This could mean: (1) God has given Israel only good things or (2) there is no sin in Israel that would cause him to judge them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	23	21	i4xz			0	shouts for their king are among them	Alternate translation: “they shout with joy because Yahweh is their king”
 NUM	23	22	bnk6	figs-simile		0	with strength like that of a wild ox	This simile says that Yahweh’s great strength is equal to an ox. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-NUM	23	23	q3q1	figs-parallelism	כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	For there is no omen against Jacob,\nand no divination against Israel	These two lines mean the same thing, that no curse that anyone puts on the nation of **Israel** will be effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	23	23	rriu	figs-metonymy	כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	For there is no omen against Jacob,\nand no divination against Israel	Here **Jacob** is a metonym that refers to **Israel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	23	23	q3q1	figs-parallelism	כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	For there is no omen against Jacob,<br>and no divination against Israel	These two lines mean the same thing, that no curse that anyone puts on the nation of **Israel** will be effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM	23	23	rriu	figs-metonymy	כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	For there is no omen against Jacob,<br>and no divination against Israel	Here **Jacob** is a metonym that refers to **Israel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	23	23	xhg8	figs-activepassive		0	it must be said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “people must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	23	23	yvh5			0	Look what God has done!	It is implied that what God did for them was good. Alternate translation: “Look at the good things God has done for them!”
 NUM	23	24	jm1j	figs-metaphor		0	the people rise like a lioness … he has killed	This verse is a long metaphor that speaks of Israel defeating her enemies as if Israel was a lion devouring its prey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

en_tn_24-JER.tsv

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ JER	8	11	a894			0	General Information:	The words “they,” “their” and “
 JER	8	11	f7ex			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
 JER	8	11	t6ta	figs-metaphor		0	They healed the wounds of my people lightly	This could mean: (1) the wounds represent the problems the people have as a result of their sin. Alternate translation: “They act as though my people’s problems are not serious, like small wounds” or (2) the wounds represent the people’s sin. Alternate translation: “They act as though my people’s sins are not serious, like small wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JER	8	11	t1ge	figs-metaphor		0	They healed the wounds … lightly	Here “lightly” represents treating the wounds as if they were not serious, as if they were not difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JER	8	11	mjy3			0	Alternate translation: “Peace, Peace,” when there was no peace	“‘All is well, All is well,’ but it was not well”
+JER	8	11	mjy3			0	“Peace, Peace,” when there was no peace	Alternate translation: “‘All is well, All is well,’ but it was not well”
 JER	8	12	j556	figs-rquestion		0	Were they ashamed when they practiced abominations?	God uses this question to show his anger that the people were not ashamed of their sins. Alternate translation: “They committed terrible sins, and they were not ashamed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JER	8	12	a8qy			0	they did not know how to blush	“their faces did not even turn red.” When a person is ashamed, his face normally turns red.
 JER	8	12	m1ix	figs-metaphor		0	they will fall among the fallen	Here “fall” represents being killed. Alternate translation: “they will be killed along with the others who are killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ MAT	1	22	e8ld	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		In Paul’s culture, **sayi
 MAT	1	23	sln1	translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Immanuel	**Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MAT	1	23	wlft	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	1	23	lm6t	grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	which is translated, “God with us.”	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-MAT	1	24	iue3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
+MAT	1	24	iue3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MAT	1	25	i7p5	figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	he did not know her	Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	2	intro	dz1c			0		# Matthew 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “His star”<br><br>These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Learned men”<br><br>English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
 MAT	2	1	j9yn	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	General Information:	**learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	b2r5	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

en_tn_46-ROM.tsv

@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ ROM	2	24	ccm9	figs-activepassive	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ
 ROM	2	24	m2bq	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	2	24	pg0g	figs-explicit	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	2	24	wmfh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑμᾶς	1		Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	2	24	edrf	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
+ROM	2	24	edrf	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])<br>
 ROM	2	25	j4ao	figs-parallelism		1		These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if  it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	25	vdu7	grammar-connect-logic-result	περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	2	25	i497	grammar-connect-words-phrases	περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ ROM	2	29	gcoq	figs-metonymy	γράμματι	1		Paul is figuratively describing
 ROM	2	29	dd3p	figs-synecdoche	γράμματι	1	in the Spirit, not in the letter	Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	2	29	qa6b	figs-possession	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the Spirit	Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	intro	y2kb			0		# Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br><br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])
-ROM	3	1	v788	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n
+ROM	3	1	v788	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
 ROM	3	1	vrm4	figs-parallelism	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	1	bjfo	figs-abstractnouns	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	1	gcd6	figs-ellipsis	τί…τίς	1	Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?	Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -568,12 +568,12 @@ ROM	3	22	c4mg	figs-nominaladj	πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1		P
 ROM	3	22	o6qe	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	22	daa3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	23	x1hu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md).  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
+ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md).  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])<br>
 ROM	3	23	jbe9	figs-metaphor	ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	3	23	ywpg	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	23	vwsf	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	24	ibi2	figs-personification	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι	1		Here, **grace** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people right with himself as a gift. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	3	24	evs8	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+ROM	3	24	evs8	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
 ROM	3	24	atij	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	24	mwbg	figs-ellipsis	τῆς	2		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	24	lno6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -604,12 +604,12 @@ ROM	3	27	tg79	figs-exclamations	οὐχί,	1		Here, **No! But** is an exclamatio
 ROM	3	27	mlcq	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	28	qe9p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	3	28	jtqq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λογιζόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	3	28	t8um	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	a person is justified by faith	Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n
+ROM	3	28	t8um	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	a person is justified by faith	Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])<br>
 ROM	3	28	ph88	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	28	jb14	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	28	ycx2	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	29	c606	figs-ellipsis	ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	3	29	hdbq	figs-exclamations	οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν?	1		Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n
+ROM	3	29	hdbq	figs-exclamations	οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν?	1		Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])<br>
 ROM	3	29	gp74	figs-exclamations	ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	3	30	vur7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	 εἴπερ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 ROM	3	30	ux30	figs-metaphor	εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ROM	3	30	gk5d	figs-metonymy	περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he w
 ROM	3	30	s9i4	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** (See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	31	nzr7	figs-exclusive	καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	3	31	y6qx	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold the law	Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	3	31	aj6s	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
+ROM	3	31	aj6s	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])<br>
 ROM	3	31	rhy5	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	3	31	f8ft	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	3	31	c295	figs-metaphor	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -634,8 +634,8 @@ ROM	4	2	wvmh	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη	1		If your
 ROM	4	2	sibe	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1		Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **works** is equivalent to the phrase “works of the law” in [3:28](../03/28.md). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	4	2	me3d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast 	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν.	1		What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	4	2	z9wx	figs-metaphor	πρὸς Θεόν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	4	3	w9i5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For what does the scripture say	Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
-ROM	4	3	r9te	writing-quotations	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει?	1		In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
+ROM	4	3	w9i5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For what does the scripture say	Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
+ROM	4	3	r9te	writing-quotations	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει?	1		In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])<br>
 ROM	4	3	smc6	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	3	qked	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	4	4	ihul	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ ROM	4	4	oojx	figs-extrainfo	τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ	1		By, **the one who
 ROM	4	4	dsl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν	1	what he is paid is not counted as a gift	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	4	ossx	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	4	4	avcm	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-ROM	4	5	ynp2	figs-parallelism		1	in the one who justifies	[4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
+ROM	4	5	ynp2	figs-parallelism		1	in the one who justifies	[4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
 ROM	4	5	x9y5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of what **makes righteous**. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	4	5	e30u	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	4	5	fezj	figs-explicit	τὸν δικαιοῦντα	1		The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -653,12 +653,12 @@ ROM	4	5	s00l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαι
 ROM	4	6	hil6	writing-quotations	καθάπερ…λέγει	1		In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md) that continues through [4:7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ROM	4	6	s0v1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	4	6	vyse	figs-possession	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	4	6	x40j	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
+ROM	4	6	x40j	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])<br>
 ROM	4	6	c6zs	figs-distinguish	ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-ROM	4	6	lilj	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	4	6	lilj	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	4	6	o260	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism		1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Blessed**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
-ROM	4	7	gm94	figs-exclamations	μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n
+ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism		1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Blessed**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
+ROM	4	7	gm94	figs-exclamations	μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])<br>
 ROM	4	7	xesq	figs-ellipsis	μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blessed are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	4	7	op7p	figs-nominalad	μακάριοι	1		Paul is using the plural adjective **Blessed** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	4	7	lq4w	figs-nominalad	ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ ROM	4	9	w2xt	figs-quotations	λέγομεν γάρ, ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀ
 ROM	4	9	mrsm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows is indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	4	9	m3uh	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as being right with himself since he trusted in God” or “God regarded Abraham righteous because of how he trusted in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	9	ymps	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “How he trusted … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	10	bw38	figs-explicit	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		In this verse Paul implies that **it** refers to Abraham’s faith in [4:9](../04/09.md), and that Abraham is the implied subject of the rest of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How then was Abraham’s faith counted? While he was circumcised or while he was uncircumcised? {It was} not while Abraham was circumcised, but while Abraham was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+ROM	4	10	bw38	figs-explicit	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		In this verse Paul implies that **it** refers to Abraham’s faith in [4:9](../04/09.md), and that Abraham is the implied subject of the rest of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How then was Abraham’s faith counted? While he was circumcised or while he was uncircumcised? {It was} not while Abraham was circumcised, but while Abraham was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
 ROM	4	10	p5rp	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη	1	It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God consider it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	10	wbta	grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1		Here, **Then** introduces a result clause in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	4	10	xid2	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **It was** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It was not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ ROM	4	12	wdw8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word
 ROM	4	12	s9jt	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1	who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham	Here, **walk in the footsteps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who live the way our ancestor Abraham’s did by trusting God even before being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	4	12	btrd	figs-possession	τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **our father Abraham** who is characterized by his **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Abraham’s” instead of the noun “Abraham” or with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” or “of trusting in God like our ancestor Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	4	12	u5ur	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:9](..03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	4	13	x9s9	figs-infostructure		1	but through the righteousness of faith	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reorder this verse. Alternate translation: “For the promise to Abraham or to his seed was not through the law but through the righteousness of faith. What God promised to Abraham or his seed is that they would inherit the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	4	13	x9s9	figs-infostructure		1	but through the righteousness of faith	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reorder this verse. Alternate translation: “For the promise to Abraham or to his seed was not through the law but through the righteousness of faith. What God promised to Abraham or his seed is that they would inherit the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
 ROM	4	13	i6xc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, what  follows **For** gives the reason why he Jewish ancestor Abraham is the “father” of the “uncircumcised” (See [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	4	13	yqxx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		Here, **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. Alternate translation: “or also” or “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	4	13	ew13	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a **seed* that a person plants. He means that they are Abraham’s offspring or descendants. If your readers would not understand what **his seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “those who descend from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -707,8 +707,8 @@ ROM	4	13	pjyt	figs-distinguish	τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶνα
 ROM	4	13	vtgx	figs-ellipsis	οὐ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **was** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	4	13	dvlp	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to receiving God’s promise **through the law**. Instead, Paul refers to receiving the promise through **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	4	13	iqsm	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith** (See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:11](../04/11.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “faith’s righteousness” or “becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	4	13	udne	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “through becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
-ROM	4	14	n0x6	figs-hypo		1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Now, suppose that being associated with the law allows people to inherit God’s promise, then faith becomes useless and what God promised becomes void” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n
+ROM	4	13	udne	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “through becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+ROM	4	14	n0x6	figs-hypo		1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Now, suppose that being associated with the law allows people to inherit God’s promise, then faith becomes useless and what God promised becomes void” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
 ROM	4	14	hba4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, what follows **For** in [4:14–15](../04/14.md)  gives the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham comes “through the righteousness of faith” (See [4:13](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	4	14	ksui	figs-possession	οἱ ἐκ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **those** associated with **the law**. Here, **those from the law** refers to the Jews, namely, “those from the circumcision” (See [4:12](../04/12.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could express this idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those associated with the law” or “the circumcised Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	4	14	jl50	figs-ellipsis	κληρονόμοι	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are heirs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -716,20 +716,20 @@ ROM	4	14	k4ip	figs-explicit	κληρονόμοι	1		The implication is that the
 ROM	4	14	md7o	figs-parallelism	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how powerless **the law** is to allow a person inherit God’s **promise**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “trusting in God’s promise becomes absolutely powerless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	4	14	hxvd	figs-metaphor	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** becomes powerless or useless to make a person right with God if simply being associated with **the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand what **faith has been made empty** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “then it is impossible to become right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	4	15	b3h8	figs-abstractnouns		1	there is no trespass	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **transgression**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that God punishes those who break his law, but where God’s law is not present, there is no opportunity to transgress it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	15	qma4	figs-metaphor	 ὁ γὰρ νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person or machine that could produce something. He means that what God requires in his **law** to be done by his people causes punishment for those who do not obey **the law**. If your readers would not understand what **produces wrath** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Certainly, God punishes those who do not obey his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
+ROM	4	15	qma4	figs-metaphor	 ὁ γὰρ νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person or machine that could produce something. He means that what God requires in his **law** to be done by his people causes punishment for those who do not obey **the law**. If your readers would not understand what **produces wrath** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Certainly, God punishes those who do not obey his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
 ROM	4	15	v1ow	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, what follows **For** gives the reason for God’s **law**. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	4	15	ucqi	figs-parallelism	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **the law** has to be present or exist for someone to be able to transgress it. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “but a person cannot transgress a law that does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	4	15	px0m	figs-metaphor	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law is present. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	4	15	t0wx	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here what follows the word **but** is meant to show a contrast between where God’s **law** is present and where it is not present. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	4	15	qxoi	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	4	16	mex6	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	in order that the promise may rest on grace	Here, **For this reason** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “Because of this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
+ROM	4	16	mex6	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	in order that the promise may rest on grace	Here, **For this reason** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “Because of this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
 ROM	4	16	gzlh	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **it is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	4	16	defl	figs-extrainfo	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, the implication is that **{it is}** refers to **the promise** (See also [4:13](../04/13.md)). Since the expression is explained in this verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 ROM	4	16	nchm	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the promise** is acquired. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this idea using a verb form. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by trusting in him … who trust God like Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	4	16	bc5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 ROM	4	16	cgpq	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ χάριν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is kind” or “based on how gracious God is” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	4	16	v8it	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “God causes the promise to become secure” or “so that the promise is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	4	16	r8ji	grammar-collectivenouns	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” or “all the different types of offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
+ROM	4	16	r8ji	grammar-collectivenouns	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” or “all the different types of offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])<br>
 ROM	4	16	xzsp	figs-metaphor	σπέρματι	1		See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	4	16	a4ai	figs-distinguish	οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		These clauses give us further information about the **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** based on **the law** and a **seed** based on **the faith**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with Abraham only through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 ROM	4	16	ns6r	figs-possession	ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1	those who are under the law	See how you translated this phrase in [4:14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ ROM	4	17	s67j	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος	1		What follow
 ROM	4	17	fhw8	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1		Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	4	17	tg2e	figs-metaphor	καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the things not existing** as if **God** were shouting at or calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by naming them or summoning them **into existence** (See [Genesis 1](..gen/01/.md)). If your readers would not understand what **calls** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things from what does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	4	17	ou8k	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς ὄντα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **existence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as though they exist” or “as if they were things that exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-idiom	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	Here, the phrase **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation:  “although it seemed hopeless for Abraham to have descendants, he assuredly trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
+ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-idiom	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	Here, the phrase **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation:  “although it seemed hopeless for Abraham to have descendants, he assuredly trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
 ROM	4	18	auah	figs-abstractnouns	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully trusted God although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	4	18	emih	writing-pronouns	ὃς…αὐτὸν…εἰρημένον…σου	1		The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	4	18	bs6y	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Abraham **believed in hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he would become” or “in order that he could become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ ROM	4	18	qbdq	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		See how y
 ROM	4	18	b92q	writing-quotations	κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. In this case, it is a direct quotation from [Genesis 15:5](gen/15/05.md). Alternate translation: “based on what God had already said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ROM	4	18	p5el	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου	1	So will your descendants be	Paul assumes that his readers would know the complete wording of the promise God made to Abraham in [Genesis 15:5](gen/15/05.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	4	18	i2ev	figs-metaphor		1		See how you translated **seed** in [4:16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	4	19	ycte	figs-infostructure		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Even though he considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—he did not weaken in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	4	19	ycte	figs-infostructure		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Even though he considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—he did not weaken in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
 ROM	4	19	m9gq	figs-litotes	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει,	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ROM	4	19	b3w6	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	4	19	w3rq	writing-pronouns	κατενόησεν	1		The pronouns **he** and **his own** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham considered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -766,10 +766,10 @@ ROM	4	19	ghhm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας
 ROM	4	20	qn5h	figs-infostructure	εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	4	20	kicf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **But** indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	4	20	qcod	figs-possession	εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God** that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “as it relates to God’s promise” or “relating to the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	4	20	wgmc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	4	20	wgmc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	4	20	ep2z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	did not hesitate in unbelief	This is a double negative. Since the following clause positively contrasts it, you should not translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not doubt that God is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 ROM	4	20	th2x	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the unbelief** and **the faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by disbelieving … by believing” or “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	20	a4g4	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “but by glorifying God, he became more empowered to trust” or “but after glorifying God, he became strengthened to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	4	20	a4g4	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “but by glorifying God, he became more empowered to trust” or “but after glorifying God, he became strengthened to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
 ROM	4	20	z0w3	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what was expected, that Abraham would doubt that God was going to give him a son since he was nearly one hundred years old (See [4:19](../04/19.md)). Instead, Abraham trusted God even more. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	4	20	zdj5	figs-activepassive	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1	he was strengthened in faith	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “trusting God strengthened Abraham” or “God strengthened his belief” or “God empowered him to continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	20	ew3r	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” or “because he glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -794,28 +794,28 @@ ROM	4	24	pfc9	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει…Ἰησ
 ROM	4	24	nc8x	figs-distinguish	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		This phrase gives us further information about faith that is **counted** as righteousness for those who live after Jesus died and resurrected. Paul is distinguishing between faith in the one true God before and after Christ lived. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “for whom God will count our faith as righteousness as well, if we continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 ROM	4	24	nh4k	figs-activepassive	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι	1	also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is going to count as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	24	bu1m	writing-pronouns	μέλλει	1		Here the pronoun **it** refers to “faith” (See [4:20–22](../04/20)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith is about” or “trusting in God is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	4	24	artt	writing-pronouns	τὸν ἐγείραντα 	1		The pronoun **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	4	24	artt	writing-pronouns	τὸν ἐγείραντα 	1		The pronoun **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
 ROM	4	24	i6vl	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντα…ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who resurrected … from death” or “resurrected … from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	4	24	iq69	figs-idiom	figs-nominaladj	1		Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-ROM	4	25	vngb	figs-distinguish		1		This verse gives us further information about Jesus. It is making a distinction between who Jesus is and what God has done to him. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus because of how we violated God’s laws, and God resurrected Jesus in order to make us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n
+ROM	4	25	vngb	figs-distinguish		1		This verse gives us further information about Jesus. It is making a distinction between who Jesus is and what God has done to him. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus because of how we violated God’s laws, and God resurrected Jesus in order to make us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])<br>
 ROM	4	25	irue	writing-pronouns	ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		The pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all **those who believe** in him (See [4:24](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … all of our … the vindication of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	4	25	cca1	figs-activepassive	ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη 	1	who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus … God resurrected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	25	b999	figs-metaphor	ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were something that could be sent to another person and an object to lift up. Paul means that God allowed people to kill, and then God resurrected Jesus after he died. If your readers would not understand what **was delivered up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God handed over Jesus … God resurrected him” or “God allowed others to kill Jesus … God made him alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	4	25	op41	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us right with God” or “because we transgressed … so God could vindicate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	4	25	op41	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us right with God” or “because we transgressed … so God could vindicate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	5	intro	i1dt			0		# Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br><br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
 ROM	5	1	xmp3	grammar-connect-logic-result		1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been made right with God by trusting in him” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since God makes us right with himself by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	5	1	age4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δικαιωθέντες οὖν	1	Since we are justified	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:1-5](../05/01.md) is a new section that describes the results of being made right with God. Alternate translation (remove comma): “As a result of having been made right” or “So then, if we have been made right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	5	1	xott	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous when we trust him” or “since God justifies us through trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	5	1	wbwx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	5	1	p11y	figs-possession	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through our Lord Jesus Christ	This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n
+ROM	5	1	p11y	figs-possession	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through our Lord Jesus Christ	This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])<br>
 ROM	5	1	hi12	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we can live safely” or “let us live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	5	1	o2yr	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can or must live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what **have peace** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “let us try to live peacefully” or “we must live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	5	1	kjpb	figs-imperative	ἔχωμεν	1		The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
-ROM	5	2	slyh	figs-abstractnouns		1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
-ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν	1	we … our	The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n
-ROM	5	1	xaeg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])\n
+ROM	5	1	kjpb	figs-imperative	ἔχωμεν	1		The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])<br>
+ROM	5	2	slyh	figs-abstractnouns		1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν	1	we … our	The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br>
+ROM	5	1	xaeg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])<br>
 ROM	5	2	du8b	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην	1	Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand	This phrase gives us further information about how Jesus helps the believer. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-ROM	5	2	tsbo	writing-pronouns	 οὗ	1		The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	5	2	tsbo	writing-pronouns	 οὗ	1		The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
 ROM	5	2	i50u	figs-exclusive	καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα	1		Unless otherwise noted, the pronoun **we** and its other forms (“us” or “our”) refer inclusively to all believers in Christ in chapter 5. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	5	2	af0n	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and where someone could stand. He means that by trusting in Jesus it allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand what **grace in which we stand** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	5	2	fsqg	figs-litany	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases in [5:2–4](..05/02.md) to show how powerful **hope** is. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the ways Christians can “boast in the hope of the glory of God**. Paul goes on to say in [5:5](../05/05.md) that “hope does not disappoint.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that express reasons to **hope**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
@@ -830,8 +830,8 @@ ROM	5	3	lo57	figs-metaphor	ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζ
 ROM	5	4	dt8w	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ …ὑπομονὴ…ἐλπίδα	1		See how you translated **endurance** in [5:3](../05/03.md) and **hope** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	5	4	gjvh	figs-abstractnouns	δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	5	5	u4xh	grammar-connect-logic-result		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us–hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	5	5	rctz	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς	1		The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
-ROM	5	5	zp3q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
+ROM	5	5	rctz	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς	1		The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+ROM	5	5	zp3q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])<br>
 ROM	5	5	pp1n	figs-personification	ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει	1	that hope does not disappoint	Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **disappoint**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “being confident that we will once again live in the glorious way God intended, we are not disappointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	5	5	qka8	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1	because the love of God has been poured into our hearts	Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were a something that could be **poured** out of a pitcher, and **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who God has given us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	5	5	dc95	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul says that “the Holy Spirit” did it. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, poured out God’s love deep within us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ ROM	5	7	x036	writing-pronouns	τις…τις	1		The pronoun **someone** refers
 ROM	5	7	mqyq	writing-pronouns	καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a dare or challenge to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand what **dare to die** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	5	8	ednw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that **Christ** would die for godly people. Instead, Christ died for **sinners**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	5	8	qh0h	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοῦ	1		Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-ROM	5	8	vh6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	8	vh6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	5	8	fel5	figs-infostructure	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “by the fact that Christ died for us, even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	5	8	c8vd	figs-distinguish	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		This phrase gives us further information about how much love God has for his people. Paul is pointing out how undeserving God’s people are of **his own love**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in this way: even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 ROM	5	8	oz1w	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete (See also [5:6](../05/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ ROM	5	12	k1xa	figs-parallelism		0		This verse communicates similar ideas. Paul s
 ROM	5	12	hjx4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. Alternate translation: “For this reason” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	5	12	wf9f	figs-personification	ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν	1	through one man sin entered … death entered through sin	Here, **sin** and **death** are spoken of figuratively as though they were persons who could travel to different places. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because one man sinned, he would die. All human beings born after that one man would die too because of the effects of his sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	5	12	pa8s	figs-explicit	δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		The implication is that the **one man** is Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, since “Adam” is not mentioned until [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the one man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	12	a7ml	writing-symlanguage	δι’ ἑνὸς	1		The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n
+ROM	5	12	a7ml	writing-symlanguage	δι’ ἑνὸς	1		The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])<br>
 ROM	5	12	smc2	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος…ὁ θάνατος	1		Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **sin** and **death**. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract phrases **the sin** and **the death** in another way. Here, **the sin** and **the death** mean “death ruled” and “sin ruled” (See [5:14,21](..05/14/.md)). Alternate translation: “the power of sin … the power of sin, the power of death … the power of death” or “the dominion of sin … the dominion of sin, the dominion of death … the dominion of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	5	12	uxcs	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the death entered the world through the sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	5	12	l7wr	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὕτως	1		Here, **so** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “so then also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -891,36 +891,36 @@ ROM	5	13	e6bx	figs-ellipsis	ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος ν
 ROM	5	13	at4i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why death caused **sin** until “the law came in so that the trespass might increase” (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	5	13	w185	figs-possession	ἄχρι…νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the time period **until** relates to **law**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **until** could refer to: (1) the time until **law** was given. Alternate translation: “For up to the time God gave his law to the Jews … since God’s law did not exist” (2) the whole time the law was in effect until Christ came. Alternate translation: “until the end of the law … when the law was no longer in effect”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	13	v51t	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated **sin** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	5	13	uyd4	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ	1		Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
+ROM	5	13	uyd4	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ	1		Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
 ROM	5	13	izno	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that God would count sin against people. Instead, **sin** has no legal consequences until **the law** is given. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	5	13	juq7	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται	2	but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not reckon it as sinning” or “God did not impute it as sin”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	5	14	ev8a	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Nevertheless, death	What follows the word **Nevertheless** here is in contrast to what was expected, that since there was no law, there would be no consequences for doing what is wrong. Instead, Paul restates that **death** is the problem for humanity, not breaking the law God gave to his people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Although this is true” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	5	14	bd3q	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος	1	death ruled from Adam until Moses	Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king. Paul means that every person was under the control of **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all humans came under the control of death” or “no human could escape dying” or “human life inevitably ended in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	5	14	u66m	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ θάνατος	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	5	14	pdrh	figs-merism	ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1		Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])\n
+ROM	5	14	pdrh	figs-merism	ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1		Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])<br>
 ROM	5	14	w24g	figs-distinguish	καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		This phrase gives us further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey in the same way as Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 ROM	5	14	skns	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Adam transgressed, who typifies the coming one” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who patterns he who will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	5	14	k2w7	figs-possession	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Adam’s” instead of the noun “Adam,” or you could use a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression" or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	14	e4ze	figs-metaphor	Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Adam** as if he were a model or shape or drawing. Paul means that **Adam** represents humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a pattern** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of he who is coming” or “Adam, who models the coming one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	5	14	mu4s	figs-possession	τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **pattern** relates to **the one who is coming**. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who will come in the future (See [5:15](../05/15.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	15	xodg	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		Here, what follows **But** contrasts **the trespass** with **the gift**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-ROM	5	15	x37x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι… ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	15	x37x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι… ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	5	15	aobk	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so also is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	5	15	sful	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	5	15	yxej	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 ROM	5	15	kdhb	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that comes from **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “one man’s” instead of the adjective “one” or a verb form. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	15	mm6y	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective **one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam (See [5:14](../05/14.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-ROM	5	15	e9me	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς	1		Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
+ROM	5	15	e9me	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς	1		Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])<br>
 ROM	5	15	h6c3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ** (See how you translated this phrase in [5:10](../05/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	5	15	ejxz	figs-possession	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God,” or another way. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	15	wn36	figs-possession	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the grace** relates to **the one man** Jesus Christ. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	15	fuyz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Θεοῦ…Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers **by the grace of God** and **Jesus Christ**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 ROM	5	15	lydx	figs-possession	τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **grace** relates to **the one man, Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way to express this idea. Here, **grace** could refer to: (1) grace through Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes through the one man, Jesus Christ” (2) grace from Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes from the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	5	15	tfhj	figs-infostructure	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
-ROM	5	16	ns9a	grammar-connect-logic-result		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n
-ROM	5	16	uh4x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	followed many trespasses	What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n
-ROM	5	17	n5zx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas)). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) \n
-ROM	5	17	mhtc	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ 	1		\nPaul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM	5	15	tfhj	figs-infostructure	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
+ROM	5	16	ns9a	grammar-connect-logic-result		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br><br>
+ROM	5	16	uh4x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	followed many trespasses	What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])<br>
+ROM	5	17	n5zx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas)). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) <br>
+ROM	5	17	mhtc	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ 	1		<br>Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 ROM	5	17	lcyd	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	17	whbf	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς	2		See how you translated these nominal adjectives in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	5	17	yvq5	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how excessively kind God is and how he gives people a right relationship with him … by living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ ROM	5	17	kz6z	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν	1
 ROM	5	17	lf7t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	5	17	hfvt	figs-infostructure	ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “because of the one man Jesus Christ will … reign in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	5	17	xy6h	figs-metaphor	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings in a location called **life**. He means that they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** and live eternally. If your readers would not understand what **rule in life** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness rule and live eternally” or “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness live as kings forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	5	17	nr25	figs-distinguish	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n
+ROM	5	17	nr25	figs-distinguish	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])<br>
 ROM	5	17	o8c3	figs-possession	οἱ…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “those who receive the gift of being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	17	fodc	figs-possession	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος… λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that comes from **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “abundant” instead of the noun “abundance” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	5	18	e7cq	figs-ellipsis		1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, just as one man trespassed and this caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteous and this caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ ROM	5	19	huig	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλοὶ …οἱ πολλοί…δί
 ROM	5	20	zsxd	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** indicates that what follows in [5:20–21](..05/20.md) links how **sin** and **grace** relate. Alternate translation: “Not only that, but when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	5	20	ttcw	figs-abstractnouns	νόμος…τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία… ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **law** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), **trespass** in [5:15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [5:15;17](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	5	20	w958	figs-personification	παρεισῆλθεν	1	the law came in	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **came in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed (See Galatians 2:4; Jude 1:4](gal/02/04.md), Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	20	relk	figs-metaphor	πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass*, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
+ROM	5	20	relk	figs-metaphor	πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass*, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
 ROM	5	20	wbh3		ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα	1		Use a natural way in your language for expressing the ideas of result or purpose. This clause could refer to: (1) the result of God’s purpose of giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “causing how much people trespass what God commands to increase” (2) God’s purpose in giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to expose how much people trespass what God commands” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of his giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “to cause an increase in how much people trespass”
 ROM	5	20	k6da	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that the God’s **grace** actually became more evident when **sin increased**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	5	20	godn	figs-metaphor	οὗ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. Here, **where** indicates the influence or power of **sin** and **grace**. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whatever ways” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -968,18 +968,18 @@ ROM	6	1	f5qt	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purp
 ROM	6	2	pa6g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	6	2	rgte	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if were a location where Christians could live or die. He means that for baptized Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **to die to sin** or **live in it** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer dominated by sinning, how could we still live as though we are dominated by sinning” or “Since we are not dominated by sinning anymore, we certainly cannot still live sinfully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	2	gddr	figs-exclusive	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν	1		Unless otherwise noted, **we** and “our” are inclusive of all Christians in this chapter. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers who in Christ died” or “We Christians who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	6	3	ok3v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1		Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
+ROM	6	3	ok3v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1		Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])<br>
 ROM	6	3	wh26	writing-pronouns	ὅσοι	1		The pronoun **as many as** refers to those people who **were baptized into Christ Jesus**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many people as” or “however many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	6	3	bd11	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations where someone could **be baptized**. He means that people who are **baptized** as Christians are united to **Christ Jesus** and spiritually share in benefits of **his death**. If your readers would not understand what **baptized into** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “become baptized as a Christians are united to Christ Jesus and also as many as become baptized are united to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	3	jfs4	figs-parallelism	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens when a Christian is **baptized**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “become baptized as Christians are spiritually united to Christ Jesus and spiritually participate in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM	6	3	tcve	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	3	tcve	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	6	4	ufp9	figs-parallelism	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1		This sentence means the same thing as [6:3](../06/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens in Christian **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	6	4	f4va	figs-metaphor	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Paul speaks figuratively of **baptism** as if it were a burial. He means that in the physical act of going under the water in **baptism**, the Christian ceases to be under the control of eternal **death** (See “died to sin” in [6:2](../06/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **buried** and **baptism into death** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “So then, being baptized represents being buried with Christ in his tomb” or “When we were baptized, we ceased to be controlled by eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	4	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	συνετάφημεν οὖν 	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, to emphasis what results from **baptism**. Alternate translation: “So then, we were buried” or “As a result, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 
 ROM	6	4	y71v	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον…ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός…ζωῆς	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	4	k1el	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that we could walk in in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 ROM	6	4	qa7r	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the link between Christ’s resurrection and the Christian’s new way of **life** after **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would newly live like Christ did when Father gloriously raised him from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n
+ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
 ROM	6	4	dpy2	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Father gloriously resurrected Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	6	4	t47r	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are” (See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ resurrected from death” or “Christ resurrected from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	6	4	ce9z	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -987,29 +987,29 @@ ROM	6	4	gblc	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1
 ROM	6	4	r3hn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and **Christ** Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3–4, 7](../01/03.md)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “God his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 ROM	6	4	gtns	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		Here, the verb **might walk** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “would live” or “would act.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we might live in new way” or “we would act like new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	6	4	x1t4	figs-rpronouns	καὶ ἡμεῖς	1		Paul uses the phrase **we too** to emphasize the union of the baptized Christian with Christ’s resurrection. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we who are baptized too” or “even we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-ROM	6	4	hyab	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n
-ROM	6	4	lvim	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν καινότητι 	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	4	hyab	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])<br><br>
+ROM	6	4	lvim	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν καινότητι 	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	6	5	p6xk	figs-metaphor		1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul speaks figuratively of **death** and **resurrection** as if they were things to which baptized Christians could be physically attached. He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritually benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day resurrect as he did. If your readers would not understand what **united with** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we participate in Christ’s death through baptism, we will definitely participate in Christ’s life through resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	5	jdzp	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He goes on to conclude that baptized Christians will **certainly be united with** Christ’s **resurrection**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-ROM	6	5	xh3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ…τῆς	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	6	5	xh3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ…τῆς	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
 ROM	6	5	wnd4	figs-metaphor	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **united** can mean “planted with,” Paul may be figuratively likening the process of burying a seed in the ground with being buried with Christ, and the result of a sprouting plant with Christ’s resurrection. If it would help your readers understand, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we have become planted with” or “have grown together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	5	z8wa	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	5	hg5y	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The implication is that **likeness of his death** refers to “baptism” (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death through baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	5	ruhn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
+ROM	6	5	ruhn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])<br>
 ROM	6	5	f1q1	figs-ellipsis	τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	6	6	gv43	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γινώσκοντες	1	our old man was crucified with him	Here, **knowing this** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching. Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain of this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	6	6	rv8u	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι…ἵνα	1	our old man was crucified with him	What follows **that** gives the reason why **our old man was crucified**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “the reason why … was in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	6	6	fhvh	figs-activepassive	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	6	6	lu12	figs-metaphor	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sinful humanity as if it were an **old man** nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled humanity (See [6:12–18](../06/14.md). If your readers would not understand what **old man** or **crucified with him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “on Christ’s cross, God crucified the power of sin that controlled humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	6	y0ib	writing-pronouns	συνεσταυρώθη	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Christ (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	6	6	n6o6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n
+ROM	6	6	n6o6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])<br>
 ROM	6	6	jw00	figs-metaphor	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled or made void. He means that how the human race was controlled by living sinfully was spiritually cancelled by the power Christ’s crucifixion. If your readers would not understand what **body of sin** and **nullified** and **enslaved to sin** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God would completely end how living sinfully controls the human race, and he would free us from how living sinfully enslaves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	6	6	jpge	figs-activepassive	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God nullified how we are dominated by sinning so that living sinfully would no longer control us” or “God canceled the power of sin over our bodies, making us no longer enslaved to living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	6	6	l6pd	figs-possession	τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	6	6	l3zm	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	6	c5ie		τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Use a natural way in your language for expressing a result or purpose clause. This following clause could refer to: (1) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing us to no longer be enslaved to sin” (2) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order that we would no longer be enslaved to sin” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “in order to cause us no longer be enslaved to sin”
 ROM	6	7	qvmj	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		What follows **For** summarizes the ideas in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-ROM	6	7	f893	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀποθανὼν	1		The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+ROM	6	7	f893	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀποθανὼν	1		The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
 ROM	6	7	hoqm	figs-activepassive	δεδικαίωται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has declared free” or “God declares is righteous” or “God has vindicated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	6	7	z81y	figs-possession	ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **sin** is related to **has been declared righteous**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from being enslaved to sin” or “from sin’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	6	7	geua	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in [6:6](../06/06/md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1020,14 +1020,14 @@ ROM	6	8	cg31	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι 	1	we have died with Christ	H
 ROM	6	8	nuc1	figs-explicit	καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that **live together with him** refers to “everlasting life” (See [5:21; 6:4–5](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	6	9	bebx	figs-infostructure	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ is not going to die again, because he has been raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	6	9	zdkc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰδότες ὅτι	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	Here, **knowing that** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching (See [6:6](../06/06.md) for a similar phrase)). Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
+ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
 ROM	6	9	zkq2	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	See how you translated the phrase **raised from the dead** in [6:4](../06/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	6	9	lvv8	figs-parallelism	οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	from the dead	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death's power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
+ROM	6	9	lvv8	figs-parallelism	οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	from the dead	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death's power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
 ROM	6	9	wem1	figs-personification	θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	death no longer has authority over him	Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he is not dead anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	6	9	kl3e	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος	1	from the dead	See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [6:4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	10	ehi9	writing-pronouns	γὰρ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, what follows **For** indicates the reason why Christ “no longer dies” in [6:9](../06/09.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	6	10	e290	writing-pronouns	ὃ…ὃ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here the phrase translated **in that** is a pronoun. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **in that** could refer to: (1) the way Christ died and lives. Alternate translation: “the way that…the way that” or “how … how” (2) Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “the death … the life” (3) the timing of Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “when … now that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	6	10	aw31	writing-pronouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
+ROM	6	10	aw31	writing-pronouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
 ROM	6	11	cac8	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	6	11	zjjv	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Throughout [6:11-23](../06/11/.md), the pronoun **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the church at Rome. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you at Rome” or “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	6	11	qvoj	figs-rpronouns	λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι 	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how important it is for the church at Rome to personally apply the spiritual benefits of Christ’s death and resurrection to their own lives. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “regard yourselves to be personally” or “reckon yourselves as actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -1039,16 +1039,16 @@ ROM	6	12	z7zh	figs-imperative	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία	1
 ROM	6	12	cm8d	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	in your mortal body	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **body**, one part of the human being, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “over you” or “any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	6	12	z1ia	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι,	1	in your mortal body	The word **body** is a singular noun and could emphasize the unity of the individual members of the whole church at Rome. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “over your mortal bodies” or “throughout your whole church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 ROM	6	12	r462	grammar-connect-logic-result]	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	This phrase indicates what happens when **sin** rules. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **to obey** could refer to: (1) the result of letting **sin rule**. Alternate translation: “causing you to become obedient to lusting sinfully” (2) the way sin rules. Alternate translation: “by obeying how it tempts you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 
-ROM	6	12	zs9g	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	12	zs9g	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	6	12	kh3w	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	6	13	wt07	figs-infostructure		1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	6	13	wt07	figs-infostructure		1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
 ROM	6	13	mxto	figs-infostructure	μηδὲ παριστάνετε…παραστήσατε	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if their body parts were were **tools** that could be offered in service or used by someone. He means that the church at Rome should no longer use their body parts for sinning, but instead to live in the way God wants. If your readers would not understand what it means **to present** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “do not offer … offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	13	rnho	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
-ROM	6	13	r0ak	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	2	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1)  the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
+ROM	6	13	rnho	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+ROM	6	13	r0ak	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	2	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1)  the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br>
 ROM	6	13	qncn	figs-possession	ὅπλα ἀδικίας…ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe what characterizes these **tools**. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools … as righteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously … as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	6	13	hlzf		ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **tools** often means “weapons,” Paul could be stressing the spiritual warfare that is involved for the Christian to “not allow sin to rule over” them (See [6:14](../06/14.md)). If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons” 
 ROM	6	13	dz8u	figs-possession	ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as tools … as tools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	6	13	zgd3	figs-parallelism	παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
+ROM	6	13	zgd3	figs-parallelism	παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
 ROM	6	13	oiz0	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοὺς	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how the church at Rome should commit their whole lives to God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “your whole lives” or “yourselves completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 ROM	6	13	px9k	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The point of this comparison is that the church at Rome should live in such a way that demonstrates that the reality that they have been baptized, and are now **dead to sin, but alive to God” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because through being baptized you are free from living sinfully” or “because through baptism you are no longer dominated by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ROM	6	14	u36f	grammar-connect-logic-result		1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1056,17 +1056,17 @@ ROM	6	14	gez3	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριε
 ROM	6	14	bl09	figs-declarative	ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul is using a future statement to give a command or strong appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command or appeal. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 ROM	6	14	caqv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges the church at Rome not to **allow sin to rule over** them. Alternate translation: “The reason for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	6	14	a0dz	figs-personification	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul speaks figuratively of **law** and **grace** as if they were a kingdoms ruled by **sin** (See [5:17,21](../05/17.md) for a similar idea)). He means that believing and baptized Jewish Christians are freed from the spiritual dominion of the requirements of the **law**, and now they serve the gracious God (See [6:15–23](../06/15.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **under law** and **under grace** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, the law no longer dominates you, but you are freed by how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	14	ypqx	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	14	ypqx	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	6	15	zxb8	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is using a rhetorical questions in [6:15–16](../06/15.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See also [6:1–3](../06/01.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that we should keep sinning since the law no longer dominates us, and because we now are freed by how gracious God is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	15	a74y	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
+ROM	6	15	a74y	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])<br>
 ROM	6	15	rtts	figs-quotations	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation that is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying? ‘We should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” or “What are we saying then? ‘Let us sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 ROM	6	15	t4cc	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	May it never be	See how you translated this abstract noun phrase in [6:14](../06/14.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	15	c77g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	6	16	n5j4	figs-hypo	οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “Suppose you present yourselves to someone to obey as slaves. Then you would become slaves to that person you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-ROM	6	16	hn6y	writing-pronouns	ᾧ…ᾧ	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	6	16	hn6y	writing-pronouns	ᾧ…ᾧ	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
 ROM	6	16	g6zz	figs-hypo	παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated this similar phrase in [6:13](../06/13.md).
 ROM	6	16	pwwi	figs-ellipsis	δούλους	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	6	16	psrr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοήν	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n
+ROM	6	16	psrr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοήν	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])<br>
 ROM	6	16	sf8m	figs-ellipsis	δούλους	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	6	16	zim4	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	16	h0ar	figs-personification	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up obeying either sin or God, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you serve as slaves by sinning, leading you to die, or you serve as slaves by obeying God, leading you to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ ROM	6	16	zfgc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δι
 ROM	6	17	xj75	figs-exclamations	χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ	1	For you were slaves of sin	What follows this exclamatory phrase indicates the reason why Paul is thankful **to God**. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	6	17	x5h8	figs-ellipsis	χάρις	1	For you were slaves of sin	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thanks be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	6	17	yxt7	figs-personification	δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For you were slaves of sin	See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in [6:16](See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	17	uwcy	figs-personification	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
+ROM	6	17	uwcy	figs-personification	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
 ROM	6	17	g1gn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ 	2	For you were slaves of sin	What follows the word **but** here is meant to strongly contrast the former sinful life of Christians at Rome. Instead, they now **have obeyed God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	6	17	n3nz	writing-pronouns	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The pronoun **which** refers to **the pattern**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you became willingly obedient to which pattern of teaching you were given” or “you are now fully obedient to that pattern of teaching that others passed down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	6	17	my2z	figs-metonymy	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or motives. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you became wholeheartedly obedient” or “you totally obeyed” or “you obeyed from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1093,16 +1093,16 @@ ROM	6	19	lhh4	figs-nominaladj	ἀνθρώπινον	1	because of the weakness of
 ROM	6	19	gt1n	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. …τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how immature you are … body parts … act impurely and increasingly wicked behavior … your body parts … for living rightly in order to live like God’s people should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	6	19	l4ah	figs-idiom	τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “how immature you are” or “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	6	19	bmo7	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between being **slaves to uncleanness** and **slaves to righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM	6	19	jbcz	figs-personification	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
+ROM	6	19	jbcz	figs-personification	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
 ROM	6	19	ran5	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	2	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	Paul refers figuratively to **members**, parts of the human body, to mean the whole person (See also [6:13](../06/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “yourselves … yourselves” or “your bodies … your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	6	19	ka0f	figs-imperative	νῦν παραστήσατε	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates either an urgent appeal or a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “I beg you” to make this clear. Alternate translation:  “you must now use” or “I beg you now to present” or “I urge you now to offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-ROM	6	19	o0ta	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
+ROM	6	19	o0ta	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
 ROM	6	20	s9pk	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **For** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	6	20	aavw	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to emphasize the relationship between **sin** and **righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar phrasing to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	6	20	i1ze	figs-personification	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not **slaves** of **righteousness** by serving God‘s purposes (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you did not serve God” or “you were not enslaved to righteousness” or “you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	6	20	mu0y	figs-irony	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were alienated from serving God’s righteous purposes” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 ROM	6	21	x3bn	grammar-connect-logic-result		1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit then did you have from that of which you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\r\n\r
+ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\r<br>\r
 ROM	6	21	vgam	figs-idiom	καρπὸν	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, the term **fruit** is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” or “value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	6	21	pnbm	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	The implication is that **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	6	21	j2ie	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **outcome**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is because what finally results from those things is death” or “Certainly, those things end in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1153,86 +1153,86 @@ ROM	7	7	k1jj	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say th
 ROM	7	7	erx6		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	“Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
 ROM	7	7	zl8m	figs-personification	τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου	1	I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law	Paul is speaking of **sin** as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	8	mz77	figs-personification	ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν;	1	But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust	Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	7	8	r5i2		χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά	1	without the law, sin is dead	“if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin”
+ROM	7	8	r5i2		χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά	1	without the law, sin is dead	Alternate translation: “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin”
 ROM	7	9	q9le	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν	1	sin regained life	This could mean: (1) Paul realized that he was sinning. (2) Paul strongly desired to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	10	yu1u	figs-metaphor	εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον.	1	The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me	Paul speaks of God’s **commandment** as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	7	11	r582	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν	1	For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me	As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing **sin** as a person who can do three things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	7	11	qi99		ἡ…ἁμαρτία	1	sin	“my desire to sin”
+ROM	7	11	qi99		ἡ…ἁμαρτία	1	sin	Alternate translation: “my desire to sin”
 ROM	7	11	f6sx	figs-metaphor	ἀπέκτεινεν	1	it killed me	Paul speaks of sin as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	7	13	cz5k			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good.
 ROM	7	13	us69		οὖν	1	So	Paul is introducing a new topic.
 ROM	7	13	e1bx	figs-rquestion	τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος?	1	did what is good become death to me?	Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	7	13	g451		τὸ…ἀγαθὸν	1	what is good	This refers to God’s law.
-ROM	7	13	qwe9		ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος	1	become death to me	“did … cause me to die”
+ROM	7	13	qwe9		ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος	1	become death to me	Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die”
 ROM	7	13	hgm6	figs-rquestion	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	7	13	m4l5	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον;	1	sin … brought about death in me	Paul is viewing **sin** as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	7	13	pnq6		μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1	brought about death in me	“separated me from God”
-ROM	7	13	a6zb		διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	through the commandment	“because I disobeyed the commandment”
+ROM	7	13	pnq6		μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1	brought about death in me	Alternate translation: “separated me from God”
+ROM	7	13	a6zb		διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	through the commandment	Alternate translation: “because I disobeyed the commandment”
 ROM	7	15	udc8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
-ROM	7	15	u3av		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω	1	For what I do, I do not really understand	“I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
-ROM	7	15	hv9g		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι	1	For what I do	“Because what I do”
+ROM	7	15	u3av		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω	1	For what I do, I do not really understand	Alternate translation: “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
+ROM	7	15	hv9g		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι	1	For what I do	Alternate translation: “Because what I do”
 ROM	7	15	az2z	figs-hyperbole	οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω	2	what I want to do, this I do not do	The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	7	15	zv5l	figs-hyperbole	ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ.	1	what I hate, this I do	The words **I do**, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ROM	7	16	y26s		εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ	1	But if I do	“However, if I do what I do not want to do”
-ROM	7	16	q3b5		σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός	1	I agree with the law	“I know God’s law is good”
+ROM	7	16	y26s		εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ	1	But if I do	Alternate translation: “However, if I do what I do not want to do”
+ROM	7	16	q3b5		σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός	1	I agree with the law	Alternate translation: “I know God’s law is good”
 ROM	7	17	f6n8	figs-personification	ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	the sin that lives in me	Paul describes **sin** as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	18	p1c1	figs-metonymy	τῇ σαρκί μου	1	my flesh	Here, **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	7	19	ri3b		ἀγαθόν	1	the good	“the good deeds” or “the good actions”
-ROM	7	19	j69g		κακὸν	1	the evil	“the evil deeds” or “the evil actions”
+ROM	7	19	ri3b		ἀγαθόν	1	the good	Alternate translation: “the good deeds” or “the good actions”
+ROM	7	19	j69g		κακὸν	1	the evil	Alternate translation: “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions”
 ROM	7	20	afw6	figs-personification	ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	rather sin that lives in me	Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	21	fbr9	figs-personification	ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται	1	that evil is actually present in me	Paul speaks of **evil** here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	22	m13q	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον	1	the inner man	This refers to the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	7	23	clu4		βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με	1	But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive	“But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me”
+ROM	7	23	clu4		βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με	1	But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive	Alternate translation: “But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me”
 ROM	7	23	t7yh		τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου	1	new principle	This refers to the new spiritually-alive nature.
 ROM	7	23	fct8		ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	a different principle in my body parts	This refers to the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
-ROM	7	23	u4ny		τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	the principle of sin that is in my body parts	“my sinful nature”
+ROM	7	23	u4ny		τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	the principle of sin that is in my body parts	Alternate translation: “my sinful nature”
 ROM	7	24	h8l8	figs-rquestion	τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου?	1	Who will deliver me from this body of death?	Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	7	24	nu6u		με ῥύσεται	1	deliver me	“will rescue me”
+ROM	7	24	nu6u		με ῥύσεται	1	deliver me	Alternate translation: “will rescue me”
 ROM	7	24	md8e	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου	1	this body of death	This is a metaphor that means a **body** that will experience physical **death**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	7	25	w9ui		χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord	This is the answer to the question in 7:24.
 ROM	7	25	adx1	figs-metaphor	ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας	1	So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin	The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either the **law of God** or the principle of **sin**. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	intro	ev4r			0		# Romans 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br><br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### No condemnation<br><br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
 ROM	8	1	xq2y			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good.
 ROM	8	1	xw65	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus	Here, **condemnation** refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	8	1	i12t		ἄρα	1	therefore	“for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
+ROM	8	1	i12t		ἄρα	1	therefore	Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
 ROM	8	2	x8uu	figs-explicit	ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus	Here, **the Spirit of life** refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the working of the Holy Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	2	th4n	figs-metaphor	ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	has set you free from the law of sin and death	Being **set free** from **the law of sin and death** is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	2	u82e		τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could mean: (1) the **law** of Moses, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) Paul is stating the principle that people **sin** and die.
 ROM	8	3	j98t	figs-personification	τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς	1	For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did	Here the **law** is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	8	3	etf2		διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	through the flesh	“because of people’s sinful nature”
+ROM	8	3	etf2		διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	through the flesh	Alternate translation: “because of people’s sinful nature”
 ROM	8	3	p4qq		τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin	The **Son** of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
 ROM	8	3	csl8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-ROM	8	3	uf94		ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας	1	in the likeness of sinful flesh	“who looked like any other sinful human being”
-ROM	8	3	hfr2		καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	to be an offering for sin	“so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins”
-ROM	8	3	es29		κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί	1	he condemned sin in the flesh	“God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son”
+ROM	8	3	uf94		ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας	1	in the likeness of sinful flesh	Alternate translation: “who looked like any other sinful human being”
+ROM	8	3	hfr2		καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	to be an offering for sin	Alternate translation: “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins”
+ROM	8	3	es29		κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί	1	he condemned sin in the flesh	Alternate translation: “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son”
 ROM	8	4	j9ff	figs-activepassive	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	8	4	acc4	figs-metaphor	τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν	1	we who walk not according to the flesh	Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	4	bgg7	figs-idiom	τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν	1		Here, **flesh** is an idiom for sinful human nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	8	4	a5t4		ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1	but according to the Spirit	“but who obey the Holy Spirit”
+ROM	8	4	a5t4		ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1	but according to the Spirit	Alternate translation: “but who obey the Holy Spirit”
 ROM	8	6	y6p7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have.
 ROM	8	6	vyw4	figs-personification	τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit	Here Paul speaks of both the **mind of the flesh** and the **mind of the Spirit** as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	8	8	me7u		οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες	1	Those who are in the flesh	This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
 ROM	8	9	czm9		ἐν σαρκὶ	1	in the flesh	“acting according to your sinful natures.” See how **the flesh** was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md).
-ROM	8	9	e54u		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	“acting according to the Holy Spirit”
+ROM	8	9	e54u		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	Alternate translation: “acting according to the Holy Spirit”
 ROM	8	9	p55f		Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ	These all refer to the Holy **Spirit**.
 ROM	8	9	bei3		εἴπερ	1	if it is true that	This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because”
 ROM	8	10	q8be	figs-explicit	εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If Christ is in you	How **Christ** lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **dead** to the power of sin. (2) the physical **body** will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-idiom	τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **alive** because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	8	11	jlc9		εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If the Spirit … lives in you	Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit of the one who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you”
-ROM	8	11	b9pu		τοῦ ἐγείραντος	1	of him who raised	“of God, who raised”
+ROM	8	11	b9pu		τοῦ ἐγείραντος	1	of him who raised	Alternate translation: “of God, who raised”
 ROM	8	11	jr6p	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	raised Jesus	Here “to raise” is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	8	11	t27d		τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν	1	mortal bodies	“your physical bodies” or “your bodies, which will die someday”
-ROM	8	12	mv1r		ἄρα οὖν	1	So then	“Because what I have just told you is true”
+ROM	8	11	t27d		τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν	1	mortal bodies	Alternate translation: “your physical bodies” or “your bodies, which will die someday”
+ROM	8	12	mv1r		ἄρα οὖν	1	So then	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just told you is true”
 ROM	8	12	qw5b		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
 ROM	8	12	e3j8	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν	1	we are debtors	Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	12	fb3m	figs-ellipsis	οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν	1	but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh	You can include the implied word “debtors.” Alternate translation: “but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	8	13	ri75		εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε	1	For if you live according to the flesh	“Because if you live only to please your sinful desires”
-ROM	8	13	b9n5		μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	you are about to die	“you will certainly be separated from God”
+ROM	8	13	ri75		εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε	1	For if you live according to the flesh	Alternate translation: “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires”
+ROM	8	13	b9n5		μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	you are about to die	Alternate translation: “you will certainly be separated from God”
 ROM	8	13	ld2h	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	Paul speaks of not doing sinful **deeds** as putting them to death. Alternate translation: “but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	14	u8pv	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται	1	For as many as are led by the Spirit of God	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	8	14	gd1i		υἱοί Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	Here, **sons of God** refers to all believers in Jesus.
-ROM	8	15	ecq3		ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν	1	by which we cry	“who causes us to cry out”
+ROM	8	15	ecq3		ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν	1	by which we cry	Alternate translation: “who causes us to cry out”
 ROM	8	15	vxs9	translate-unknown	Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ	1	Abba, Father	**Abba** is the word for **Father** in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 ROM	8	17	fj7w	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ	1	heirs of God	Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “we also will one day receive what God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	17	q751	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ	1	we are joint heirs with Christ	Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1255,26 +1255,26 @@ ROM	8	23	qsb9	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματο
 ROM	8	24	x4gi	figs-activepassive	τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	8	24	tks9	figs-rquestion	ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει?	1	Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see?	Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what **hope** is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	8	26	h8jy			0	Connecting Statement:	Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us.
-ROM	8	26	jmp8		στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις	1	inexpressible groans	“with groanings that we cannot express in words”
+ROM	8	26	jmp8		στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις	1	inexpressible groans	Alternate translation: “with groanings that we cannot express in words”
 ROM	8	27	tq4n		ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	He who searches the hearts	Here, **the one** refers to God.
 ROM	8	27	tz5h	figs-metonymy	ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1		Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who searches all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	8	27	v184	figs-metaphor	ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1		The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	8	28	w4rz			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love.
 ROM	8	28	q3ce	figs-activepassive	τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν	2	for those who are called	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	8	29	m3vv		οὓς προέγνω	1	those whom he foreknew	“those whom he knew before he even created them”
-ROM	8	29	rg4t		καὶ προώρισεν	1	he also predestined	“he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance for them”
+ROM	8	29	m3vv		οὓς προέγνω	1	those whom he foreknew	Alternate translation: “those whom he knew before he even created them”
+ROM	8	29	rg4t		καὶ προώρισεν	1	he also predestined	Alternate translation: “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance for them”
 ROM	8	29	xhn2	figs-activepassive	συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	to be conformed to the image of his Son	God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the **Son** of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	8	29	yuw2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-ROM	8	29	lf49		εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον	1	that he might be the firstborn	“so that his Son would be the firstborn”
+ROM	8	29	lf49		εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον	1	that he might be the firstborn	Alternate translation: “so that his Son would be the firstborn”
 ROM	8	29	s552	figs-explicit	ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	among many brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	8	30	hg3f		οὓς…προώρισεν	1	Those whom he predestined	“those whom God made plans for in advance”
+ROM	8	30	hg3f		οὓς…προώρισεν	1	Those whom he predestined	Alternate translation: “those whom God made plans for in advance”
 ROM	8	30	g1y3	figs-explicit	τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν	1	these he also justified	Here, **justified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	30	g29g	figs-explicit	τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν	1	these he also glorified	The word **glorified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	31	xpu3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν?	1	What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us?	Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	8	32	l73i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	He who did not spare his own Son	God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-ROM	8	32	b3au		ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	but delivered him up	“but put him under the control of his enemies”
+ROM	8	32	b3au		ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	but delivered him up	Alternate translation: “but put him under the control of his enemies”
 ROM	8	32	gk4l	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται?	1	how will he not also with him freely give us all things?	Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	8	32	rib2		πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται	1	freely give us all things	“he will certainly also kindly give us all things”
+ROM	8	32	rib2		πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται	1	freely give us all things	Alternate translation: “he will certainly also kindly give us all things”
 ROM	8	33	vr1b	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν.	1	Who will bring any accusation against God’s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies	Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	8	34	vt5r	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν?	1	Who is the one who condemns?	Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	8	34	vd8g	translate-symaction	ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	To be **at the right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -1290,44 +1290,44 @@ ROM	8	36	h6v7	figs-hyperbole	θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέρ
 ROM	8	36	phxq	figs-activepassive	θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	8	36	g3pi	figs-simile	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς	1	We were considered as sheep for the slaughter	Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. Alternate translation: “Our lives are considered of no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ROM	8	36	gmi0	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	8	37	iui3		ὑπερνικῶμεν	1	we are more than conquerors	“we have complete victory”
+ROM	8	37	iui3		ὑπερνικῶμεν	1	we are more than conquerors	Alternate translation: “we have complete victory”
 ROM	8	37	wcm6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς	1	through the one who loved us	You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	8	38	fch1		πέπεισμαι	1	I have been convinced	“I am confident”
+ROM	8	38	fch1		πέπεισμαι	1	I have been convinced	Alternate translation: “I am confident”
 ROM	8	38	js9q		ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	This could refer to: (1) demons. (2) human kings and rulers.
 ROM	8	38	q7ti		οὔτε δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could refer to: (1) spiritual beings with power. (2) human beings with power.
 ROM	9	intro	w6f4			0		# Romans 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br><br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.
 ROM	9	1	b89f			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
 ROM	9	1	yg93	figs-doublet	ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-ROM	9	1	h9mp		συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit	“the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say”
+ROM	9	1	h9mp		συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say”
 ROM	9	2	jx3a	figs-idiom	ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου	1	that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart	Here, **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	9	2	jky1	figs-doublet	λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη	1	great sorrow and unceasing pain	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ROM	9	3	rh5h	figs-activepassive	ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	9	3	eg9b		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
-ROM	9	4	p1ys		οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	They are Israelites	“who, like me, are Israelites”
+ROM	9	4	p1ys		οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	They are Israelites	Alternate translation: “who, like me, are Israelites”
 ROM	9	4	l6vs	figs-metaphor	ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία	1	They have adoption	Here Paul uses the metaphor of **adoption** to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	9	6	s2ma			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith.
-ROM	9	6	equ8		οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	But it is not as though the promises of God have failed	“But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “But God has kept his promises”
+ROM	9	6	equ8		οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	But it is not as though the promises of God have failed	Alternate translation: “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “But God has kept his promises”
 ROM	9	6	wy8z		οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ	1	For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel	God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of **Israel** (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
-ROM	9	7	s3rj		οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα	1	Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children	“Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants”
+ROM	9	7	s3rj		οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα	1	Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children	Alternate translation: “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants”
 ROM	9	8	s5xa	figs-metonymy	τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς,	1	the children of the flesh are not	Here, **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	9	8	y17u	figs-metaphor	οὐ…ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The phrase **children of God** is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	9	8	ta8t		τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	children of the promise	The phrase **children of the promise** refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
-ROM	9	9	up57		ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	this is the word of promise	“these are the words God used when he made the promise”
+ROM	9	9	up57		ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	this is the word of promise	Alternate translation: “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
 ROM	9	9	wqb2	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός	1	a son will be given to Sarah	You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	9	10	mb5q	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	our father	Paul refers to Isaac as **our father** because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	9	10	icc1		κοίτην, ἔχουσα	1	had conceived	“had become pregnant”
-ROM	9	11	h16y		μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1	for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad	“before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad”
-ROM	9	11	a1gz		ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ	1	so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand	“so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen”
-ROM	9	11	eez1		μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων	1	for the children were not yet born	“before the children were born”
-ROM	9	11	iw56		μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1	had not yet done anything good or bad	“not because of anything they had done”
+ROM	9	10	icc1		κοίτην, ἔχουσα	1	had conceived	Alternate translation: “had become pregnant”
+ROM	9	11	h16y		μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1	for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad	Alternate translation: “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad”
+ROM	9	11	a1gz		ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ	1	so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand	Alternate translation: “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen”
+ROM	9	11	eez1		μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων	1	for the children were not yet born	Alternate translation: “before the children were born”
+ROM	9	11	iw56		μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1	had not yet done anything good or bad	Alternate translation: “not because of anything they had done”
 ROM	9	12	ze3m			0	Connecting Statement:	It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just”
 ROM	9	12	d6mr		ἐκ τοῦ	1	because of him	because of God
-ROM	9	12	wv7n		ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	“God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’”
+ROM	9	12	wv7n		ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	Alternate translation: “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’”
 ROM	9	13	xt7t	figs-hyperbole	τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα	1	Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated	The word **hated** is an exaggeration. God **loved** **Jacob** much more than he loved **Esau**. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	9	14	m8xk	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What then will we say?	Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	9	14	s1hm		μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	“That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
 ROM	9	15	kq2c	figs-metaphor	τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει	1	For he says to Moses	Paul speaks about God’s talking with **Moses** as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	9	16	d4f5		οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος	1	it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs	“it is not because of what people want or because they try hard”
+ROM	9	16	d4f5		οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος	1	it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs	Alternate translation: “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard”
 ROM	9	16	ues3	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος	1	nor because of him who runs	Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	9	17	x1cj	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ	1	For the scripture says	Here the **scripture** is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “For the scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	9	17	xu7s		ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου	1	I … my	Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God as the speaker.
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ ROM	9	18	a1uv		ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει	1	whom he wishes, he m
 ROM	9	19	z4j2	figs-you	ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν	1	You will say then to me	Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	9	19	bbe4	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν?	1	Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will?	These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	9	19	hqr7		μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ	1	he … his	The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
-ROM	9	19	n1ti		τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν	1	has … withstood his will	“who has ever stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
+ROM	9	19	n1ti		τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν	1	has … withstood his will	Alternate translation: “who has ever stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
 ROM	9	20	arw8	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1	Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why … way?”	Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	9	20	knb3	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1		Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why did you make me this way?’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	9	20	wcj3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως	1	Why did you make me this way?	This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1355,18 +1355,18 @@ ROM	9	24	t8rn		ἐκάλεσεν	1	called	Here, **called** means God has appoint
 ROM	9	25	eqc2			0	Connecting Statement:	In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
 ROM	9	25	ewb4	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει	1	As he says also in Hosea	Here, **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	9	25	m82v	translate-names	τῷ Ὡσηὲ	1	Hosea	**Hosea** was an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ROM	9	25	gi5k		καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου	1	I will call my people who were not my people	“I will choose for my people those who were not my people”
+ROM	9	25	gi5k		καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου	1	I will call my people who were not my people	Alternate translation: “I will choose for my people those who were not my people”
 ROM	9	25	yy15	figs-activepassive	τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην	1	her beloved who was not beloved	Here, **the one** refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	9	26	qe9f		υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	sons of the living God	The word **living** may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God”
-ROM	9	27	zqi1		κράζει	1	cries out	“calls out”
+ROM	9	27	zqi1		κράζει	1	cries out	Alternate translation: “calls out”
 ROM	9	27	k9j8	figs-simile	ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης	1	as the sand of the sea	Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of **sand** in the **sea**. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ROM	9	27	wig1	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	will be saved	Paul uses the word **saved** in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	9	28	cm32		λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth	Here, **word** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
 ROM	9	29	dl9x	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν	1	us … we	Here the pronouns **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	9	29	tk2e	figs-explicit	ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν	1	we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah	God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	9	30	m5l2	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say then?	Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	9	30	ki4k		ὅτι ἔθνη	1	That the Gentiles	“We will say that the Gentiles”
-ROM	9	30	bnl6		τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην	1	who were not pursuing righteousness	“who were not trying to please God”
+ROM	9	30	ki4k		ὅτι ἔθνη	1	That the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “We will say that the Gentiles”
+ROM	9	30	bnl6		τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην	1	who were not pursuing righteousness	Alternate translation: “who were not trying to please God”
 ROM	9	30	gl4m	figs-explicit	δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως	1	the righteousness by faith	Here, **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	9	31	f18n	figs-explicit	εἰς νόμον οὐκ ἔφθασεν	1	did not arrive at it	This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep **the law**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	9	32	y4pf	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τί?	1	Why not?	This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1382,20 +1382,20 @@ ROM	10	intro	c2li			0		# Romans 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatt
 ROM	10	1	pi37			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus.
 ROM	10	1	hj4b		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
 ROM	10	1	tq7k	figs-metonymy	ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας	1	my heart’s desire	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	10	1	tmf2		ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	is for them, for their salvation	“is that God will save the Jews”
-ROM	10	2	y7qg		μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς	1	I testify about them	“I declare truthfully about them”
+ROM	10	1	tmf2		ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	is for them, for their salvation	Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews”
+ROM	10	2	y7qg		μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς	1	I testify about them	Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them”
 ROM	10	3	bw97	figs-explicit	ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην	1	For they do not know of God’s righteousness	Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	10	3	a6r4		τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν	1	They did not submit to the righteousness of God	“they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself”
-ROM	10	4	x1w8		τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	“For Christ completely fulfilled the law”
+ROM	10	3	a6r4		τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν	1	They did not submit to the righteousness of God	Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself”
+ROM	10	4	x1w8		τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law”
 ROM	10	4	f6pu	figs-explicit	εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for righteousness for everyone who believes	Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	10	5	qby2		τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	“how the law makes a person right before God”
+ROM	10	5	qby2		τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God”
 ROM	10	5	wjn6	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ	1	The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness	In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	10	5	qkz4		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
 ROM	10	6	sr9z	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει	1	But the righteousness that comes from faith says this	Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	10	6	x7h4	figs-you	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	Do not say in your heart	Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	10	6	nwlw	figs-metonymy	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1		Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	10	6	tf9r	figs-rquestion	τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?	1	Who will ascend into heaven?	Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	10	6	gi7s		τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν	1	that is, to bring Christ down	“in order that they might have Christ come down to earth”
+ROM	10	6	gi7s		τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν	1	that is, to bring Christ down	Alternate translation: “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth”
 ROM	10	7	w8xe	figs-rquestion	τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον?	1	Who will descend into the abyss	Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	10	7	iw13		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
 ROM	10	7	t8dd		νεκρῶν	1	dead	Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death.
@@ -1404,8 +1404,8 @@ ROM	10	8	sen1	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί λέγει?	1		Paul uses a question
 ROM	10	8	kzb2	figs-personification	ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν	1	The word is near you	Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	10	8	y6mq	figs-metonymy	ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	The word is … in your mouth	The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	10	8	zvx4	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	The word is … in your heart	The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	10	8	lh5d		τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the word of faith	“God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
-ROM	10	9	tz7r		ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν	1	if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord	“if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord”
+ROM	10	8	lh5d		τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the word of faith	Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
+ROM	10	9	tz7r		ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν	1	if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord	Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord”
 ROM	10	9	ie71	figs-metonymy	πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	believe in your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	10	9	zdf5	figs-idiom	αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised him from the dead	Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	10	9	c3cq	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1	you will be saved	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ ROM	10	16	hku8		οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν	1	not all of them obeyed
 ROM	10	16	j3se	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν?	1	Lord, who has believed our message?	Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	10	16	z4s9		τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν	1	our message	Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah.
 ROM	10	17	wu5a		ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς	1	faith comes from hearing	Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ”
-ROM	10	17	nq87		ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ	2	hearing by the word of Christ	“hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
+ROM	10	17	nq87		ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ	2	hearing by the word of Christ	Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
 ROM	10	18	f6jy	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	10	18	s5zh	figs-parallelism	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1	Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world.	Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	10	18	g4vd	figs-personification	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1		The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -1436,30 +1436,30 @@ ROM	10	19	ib4m	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ
 ROM	10	19	zyw0	figs-metonymy	ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω?	1		The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	10	19	jjt3	figs-explicit	πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει	1	First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.”	This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	10	19	vxzz	figs-you	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		Both instances of **I** refer to God, and **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-ROM	10	19	ve6t		ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει	1	by what is not a nation	“by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
+ROM	10	19	ve6t		ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει	1	by what is not a nation	Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
 ROM	10	19	s3nz	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ	1	By means of a nation without understanding	Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	10	19	g7zt		παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1	I will stir you up to anger	“I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
+ROM	10	19	g7zt		παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1	I will stir you up to anger	Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
 ROM	10	19	a7k7	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Here, **you** refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	10	20	qcx2			0	General Information:	Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God.
 ROM	10	20	cv1x		Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει	1	Then Isaiah was very bold when he says	This means the prophet **Isaiah** wrote what God had said.
 ROM	10	20	fc4b		εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν	1	I was found by those who did not seek me	Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true.
 ROM	10	20	u60f	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	10	20	t78j		ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην	1	I appeared	“I made myself known”
+ROM	10	20	t78j		ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην	1	I appeared	Alternate translation: “I made myself known”
 ROM	10	20	k8pp		λέγει	1	he says	**He** refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah.
 ROM	10	21	hw4w		ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	All the day long	This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually”
 ROM	10	21	il8s	translate-symaction	ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα	1	I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people	The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ROM	11	intro	e9qz			0		# Romans 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Grafting<br><br>Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”<br><br>Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
 ROM	11	1	p2h9			0	Connecting Statement:	Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works.
-ROM	11	1	wp35		λέγω οὖν	1	I say then	“I, Paul, say then”
+ROM	11	1	wp35		λέγω οὖν	1	I say then	Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say then”
 ROM	11	1	p4zd	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ?	1	did God reject his people?	Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	11	1	wqu2		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	“That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
 ROM	11	1	bc4g		φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	tribe of Benjamin	This refers to the **tribe** descended from **Benjamin**, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel.
-ROM	11	2	h4qe		ὃν προέγνω	1	whom he foreknew	“whom he knew ahead of time”
+ROM	11	2	h4qe		ὃν προέγνω	1	whom he foreknew	Alternate translation: “whom he knew ahead of time”
 ROM	11	2	cjp6	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ?	1	Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel?	You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	11	2	dd1e	figs-personification	τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή	1	what the scripture says	Paul is referring to the **scriptures** as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	11	3	fh9i		ἀπέκτειναν	1	they have killed	Here, **they** refers to the people of Israel.
 ROM	11	3	ut1s		κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος	1	I alone am left	The pronoun **I** here refers to Elijah.
-ROM	11	3	dv5u		ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	seeking my life	“they want to kill me”
+ROM	11	3	dv5u		ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	seeking my life	Alternate translation: “they want to kill me”
 ROM	11	4	rj4e	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός?	1	But what does God’s answer say to him?	Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	11	4	x6e9		αὐτῷ	1	him	The pronoun **him** refers to Elijah.
 ROM	11	5	ce2r		λῖμμα	1	remnant	Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace.
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ ROM	11	9	kpg8	figs-metonymy	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν ε
 ROM	11	9	l6re	figs-metaphor	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1		Here, **net** and **trap** are metaphors that represent punishment. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	11	9	x0wl	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	11	9	ya1g	figs-metaphor	σκάνδαλον	1	a stumbling block	A **stumbling block** is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	11	9	xex5		ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς	1	a retribution for them	“something that allows you to take revenge on them”
+ROM	11	9	xex5		ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς	1	a retribution for them	Alternate translation: “something that allows you to take revenge on them”
 ROM	11	10	c1nj	figs-metonymy	τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον	1	bend their backs continually	Here, **make their backs bend** is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. Alternate translation: “make them continually carry heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	11	10	biqg	figs-metaphor	τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον	1		This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	11	11	z8tw			0	Connecting Statement:	With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake.
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ ROM	11	12	it9k		κόσμου	1	the world	Here the **world** is a metonym that re
 ROM	11	14	ua2k		παραζηλώσω	1	I will provoke to jealousy	See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
 ROM	11	14	h1qe		μου τὴν σάρκα	1	those who are of my own flesh	This refers to Paul’s fellow Jews.
 ROM	11	14	gp38	figs-explicit	καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Perhaps I will save some of them	God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “and perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	11	15	es22		εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου	1	For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world	“For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself”
+ROM	11	15	es22		εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου	1	For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world	Alternate translation: “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself”
 ROM	11	15	ui3i		ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν	1	their rejection	The pronoun **their** refers to Jewish unbelievers.
 ROM	11	15	m3fs	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	11	15	em8m	figs-rquestion	τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν?	1	what will their acceptance be but life from the dead?	Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ ROM	11	26	ds7a			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul says that a deliverer will come ou
 ROM	11	26	vu7t	figs-activepassive	καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται	1	Thus all Israel will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	11	26	n7yf	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	11	26	dm4e	figs-metonymy	ἐκ Σιὼν	1	Out of Zion	Here, **Zion** is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	11	26	v96c		ὁ ῥυόμενος	1	the Deliverer	“the one who brings his people to safety”
+ROM	11	26	v96c		ὁ ῥυόμενος	1	the Deliverer	Alternate translation: “the one who brings his people to safety”
 ROM	11	26	at55	figs-metaphor	ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας	1	He will remove ungodliness	Paul speaks of **ungodliness** as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	11	26	bkr2	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ	1	from Jacob	Here, **Jacob** is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	11	27	ll39	figs-metaphor	ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	I will take away their sins	Here Paul speaks of **sins** as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1546,12 +1546,12 @@ ROM	11	28	jas2	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας
 ROM	11	28	d82k	figs-activepassive	ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	11	29	p2sf	figs-metaphor	ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable	Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were **gifts**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	11	29	mnqs	figs-explicit	ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	11	30	bj8g		ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε	1	you were formerly disobedient	“you did not obey in the past”
+ROM	11	30	bj8g		ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε	1	you were formerly disobedient	Alternate translation: “you did not obey in the past”
 ROM	11	30	df91	figs-explicit	ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ	1	you have received mercy because of their disobedience	Here, **mercy** means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	11	30	g3cn	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	Here, **you** refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	11	32	t6cb	figs-metaphor	συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν	1	God has shut up all into disobedience	God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	11	33	x3kb	figs-doublet	ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ	1	Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!	Here, **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-ROM	11	33	u322		ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	“We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us”
+ROM	11	33	u322		ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	Alternate translation: “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us”
 ROM	11	34	r2wj	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο?	1	For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	11	34	yy52	figs-metonymy	νοῦν Κυρίου	1	the mind of the Lord	Here, **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	11	35	j5cn	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ?	1	Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?	Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1563,15 +1563,15 @@ ROM	12	1	d2y3	figs-explicit	παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφο
 ROM	12	1	w1mz	figs-synecdoche	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1	to present your bodies a living sacrifice	Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	12	1	wuyl	figs-metaphor	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1		Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	12	1	dwr5	figs-doublet	ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ	1	holy, acceptable to God	This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-ROM	12	1	tyk7		τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν	1	This is your reasonable service	“which is the right way to worship God”
+ROM	12	1	tyk7		τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν	1	This is your reasonable service	Alternate translation: “which is the right way to worship God”
 ROM	12	2	clc6	figs-metaphor	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed to this world	This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	12	2	pyb6	figs-activepassive	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	2	d2qq	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	this world	Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	12	2	na8p	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός	1	but be transformed by the renewal of your mind	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	3	nyc2	figs-explicit	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1	because of the grace that was given to me	Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	12	3	l6c6	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	12	3	s6yg		παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν	1	that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think	“that no one among you should think they are better than they are”
-ROM	12	3	me4t		ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν	1	Instead, they should think in a wise way	“but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves”
+ROM	12	3	s6yg		παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν	1	that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think	Alternate translation: “that no one among you should think they are better than they are”
+ROM	12	3	me4t		ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν	1	Instead, they should think in a wise way	Alternate translation: “but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves”
 ROM	12	3	m8z7	figs-explicit	ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως	1	just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith	Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their **faith** in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you the faith to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	12	4	zm8p		γὰρ	1	For	Paul the word **For** to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others.
 ROM	12	4	v2pi	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν	1	we have many members in one body	Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human **body**. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1586,19 +1586,19 @@ ROM	12	9	iv5h	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος	1	Let l
 ROM	12	9	eaw7		ἡ ἀγάπη	1	love	The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
 ROM	12	10	mr8i		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	love	This is another word that means brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
 ROM	12	10	ng86		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι	1	Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate	Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **in … be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “in … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
-ROM	12	10	ux2y		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	Concerning love of the brothers	“as for how you love your fellow believers”
-ROM	12	10	tj57		τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι	1	Concerning honor, respect one another	“honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them”
-ROM	12	11	iu2i		τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες	1	Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him	“do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord”
-ROM	12	12	l3es		τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες	1	be patient in suffering	“wait patiently whenever you have troubles”
-ROM	12	13	vk5h		ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες	1	Share in the needs of the saints	“when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need”
+ROM	12	10	ux2y		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	Concerning love of the brothers	Alternate translation: “as for how you love your fellow believers”
+ROM	12	10	tj57		τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι	1	Concerning honor, respect one another	Alternate translation: “honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them”
+ROM	12	11	iu2i		τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες	1	Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him	Alternate translation: “do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord”
+ROM	12	12	l3es		τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες	1	be patient in suffering	Alternate translation: “wait patiently whenever you have troubles”
+ROM	12	13	vk5h		ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες	1	Share in the needs of the saints	Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need”
 ROM	12	13	exd8		τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες	1	Find many ways to show hospitality	This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay”
 ROM	12	16	hwd1	figs-idiom	τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες	1	Be of the same mind toward one another	This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	12	16	ar7y		μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες	1	Do not think in proud ways	“do not think that you are more important than others”
-ROM	12	16	cc23		τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι	1	accept lowly people	“welcome people who do not seem important”
-ROM	12	16	h469		μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς	1	Do not be wise in your own thoughts	“Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else”
-ROM	12	17	h2tz		μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες	1	Repay no one evil for evil	“do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you”
-ROM	12	17	fzh8		προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	Do good things in the sight of all people	“do things that everyone considers to be good”
-ROM	12	18	pgt7		τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες	1	as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people	“do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone”
+ROM	12	16	ar7y		μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες	1	Do not think in proud ways	Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others”
+ROM	12	16	cc23		τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι	1	accept lowly people	Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important”
+ROM	12	16	h469		μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς	1	Do not be wise in your own thoughts	Alternate translation: “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else”
+ROM	12	17	h2tz		μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες	1	Repay no one evil for evil	Alternate translation: “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you”
+ROM	12	17	fzh8		προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	Do good things in the sight of all people	Alternate translation: “do things that everyone considers to be good”
+ROM	12	18	pgt7		τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες	1	as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people	Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone”
 ROM	12	19	ew6x	figs-metonymy	δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ	1	give way to his wrath	Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	12	19	ns3b	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	19	l2i8	figs-parallelism	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1611,10 +1611,10 @@ ROM	12	21	p7fd		μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκ
 ROM	13	intro	l4q7			0		# Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br><br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 ROM	13	1	v5ik			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers.
 ROM	13	1	b8nf	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω	1	Let every soul be obedient to	Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	13	1	g1by		ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις	1	higher authorities	“submit to government officials”
+ROM	13	1	g1by		ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις	1	higher authorities	Alternate translation: “submit to government officials”
 ROM	13	1	wii2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ	1	there is no authority unless it comes from God	This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 ROM	13	1	j3lr	figs-activepassive	αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν	1	The authorities that exist have been appointed by God	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	13	2	ui8y		τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ	1	that authority	“that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power”
+ROM	13	2	ui8y		τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ	1	that authority	Alternate translation: “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power”
 ROM	13	2	dsa3	figs-activepassive	οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται	1	those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	13	3	m3yf		γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person.
 ROM	13	3	c2xa		οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος	1	rulers are not a terror	Rulers do not make good people afraid.
@@ -1624,10 +1624,10 @@ ROM	13	3	ahl9		ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς	1	you will receive
 ROM	13	4	ink8	figs-litotes	οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ	1	he does not carry the sword for no reason	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ROM	13	4	s3vz	figs-metonymy	τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ	1	carry the sword	Roman governors carried a short **sword** as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	13	4	au7j	figs-metonymy	ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν	1	an avenger for wrath	Here, **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	13	5	q81v		οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν	1	not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience	“not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God”
-ROM	13	6	r1jy		διὰ τοῦτο	1	Because of this	“because the government punishes evildoers”
+ROM	13	5	q81v		οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν	1	not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience	Alternate translation: “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God”
+ROM	13	6	r1jy		διὰ τοῦτο	1	Because of this	Alternate translation: “because the government punishes evildoers”
 ROM	13	6	r4b3		τελεῖτε	1	you pay	Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural.
-ROM	13	6	hy4f		γὰρ…εἰσιν	2	For they are	“This is why you should pay taxes: authorities are”
+ROM	13	6	hy4f		γὰρ…εἰσιν	2	For they are	Alternate translation: “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities are”
 ROM	13	7	z9cn		ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι	1	Pay to everyone	Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural.
 ROM	13	7	wg2l	figs-ellipsis	τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1	Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due.	The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	13	7	nwi2	figs-metaphor	τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1	fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due	Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ ROM	13	14	xre7	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποι
 ROM	14	intro	kt8c			0		# Romans 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.
 ROM	14	1	abm6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God.
 ROM	14	1	jf8v		ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει	1	weak in faith	This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things.
-ROM	14	1	p697		μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν	1	without giving judgment about arguments	“and do not condemn them for their opinions”
+ROM	14	1	p697		μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν	1	without giving judgment about arguments	Alternate translation: “and do not condemn them for their opinions”
 ROM	14	2	ii8g		ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα	1	One person has faith to eat anything	Some people believe God permits them to eat any kind of food.
 ROM	14	2	n2n6		ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει	1	another who is weak eats only vegetables	This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
 ROM	14	4	q9bx	figs-rquestion	σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην?	1	Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else?	Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1661,12 +1661,12 @@ ROM	14	4	xq7r	figs-you	σὺ…ὁ κρίνων	1	you, who judges	The form of **
 ROM	14	4	ba38	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει	1	It is before his own master that he stands or falls	Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owned slaves. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the slave or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	14	4	cp9y	figs-metaphor	σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν	1	But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand	Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being **made to stand** instead of falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	14	4	ucto	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	14	5	x7j2		ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν.	1	One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally	“One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same”
+ROM	14	5	x7j2		ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν.	1	One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally	Alternate translation: “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same”
 ROM	14	5	m511	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω	1	Let each person be convinced in his own mind	You can make the full meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “Let each person be convinced that he is honoring the Lord by what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	5	y5ea	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	14	6	pfn6	figs-explicit	ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ	1	He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord	Here, **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	6	esu5	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ἐσθίων	1	he who eats	The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	14	6	f9tm		Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει	1	eats for the Lord	“eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
+ROM	14	6	f9tm		Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει	1	eats for the Lord	Alternate translation: “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
 ROM	14	6	jh8j	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων	1	He who does not eat	The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	14	7	txm3	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ	1	For none of us lives for himself	Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	7	u9ar	figs-exclusive	οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν	1	none of us	Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -1679,28 +1679,28 @@ ROM	14	11	fel6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written,
 ROM	14	11	tf76	figs-explicit	ζῶ ἐγώ	1	As I live	This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	11	sb6q	figs-synecdoche	ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ	1	to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God	Paul uses the word **God** and **tongue** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	14	11	vngp	figs-123person	ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ	1		The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-ROM	14	12	nsy8		περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ	1	will give an account of himself to God	“will have to explain our actions to God”
+ROM	14	12	nsy8		περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ	1	will give an account of himself to God	Alternate translation: “will have to explain our actions to God”
 ROM	14	13	ia62	figs-doublet	ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον	1	but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother	Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ROM	14	13	cx4s		τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female.
 ROM	14	14	t7gc	figs-doublet	οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus	Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ROM	14	14	fuk1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	nothing is unclean by itself	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-ROM	14	14	mjc5		δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	by itself	“by its nature” or “because of what it is”
+ROM	14	14	mjc5		δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	by itself	Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is”
 ROM	14	14	w3gg	figs-explicit	εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν	1	Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean	Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	15	iw7w		εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται	1	If because of food your brother is hurt	“If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word **your** refers to those who are strong in faith and **brother** refers to those who are weak in faith.
 ROM	14	15	ln42		ὁ ἀδελφός	1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female.
 ROM	14	15	bj8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς	1	you are no longer walking in love	Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	14	16	gl48		μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil	“If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good”
+ROM	14	16	gl48		μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil	Alternate translation: “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good”
 ROM	14	17	j92k	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit	Paul argues that God set up his **kingdom** so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	18	am8m	figs-activepassive	δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	approved by people	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	14	19	i3rv	figs-explicit	τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another	Here, **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	20	p65h	figs-explicit	μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Do not destroy the work of God because of food	You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	20	dk72	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι	1	but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble	Here a **stumbling block** is a food that a weaker brother eats despite thinking it is wrong, and thereby goes against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	14	21	mrr4		καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει	1	It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense	“It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin”
+ROM	14	21	mrr4		καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει	1	It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense	Alternate translation: “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin”
 ROM	14	21	iq9g		ὁ ἀδελφός	1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female.
 ROM	14	21	e1du	figs-you	σου	1	your	Here, **you** is singular and stresses the responsibility of each individual believer for his fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	14	22	hjk9		σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις	1	The faith you have	Here, **faith** refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
 ROM	14	22	b3hi	figs-you	σὺ…σεαυτὸν	1	you … yourself	Here, **you** and **yourself** are singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-ROM	14	22	r53r		μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει	1	Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves	“Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do”
+ROM	14	22	r53r		μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει	1	Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves	Alternate translation: “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do”
 ROM	14	23	s1ph	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται	1	He who doubts is condemned if he eats	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	14	23	yr44	figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως	1	because it is not from faith	Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	14	23	tr9i	figs-explicit	πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν	1	whatever is not from faith is sin	Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1718,10 +1718,10 @@ ROM	15	4	txd4	figs-activepassive	ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τ
 ROM	15	4	m7yy	figs-exclusive	ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν	1	our … we have	Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	15	4	g6r1	figs-explicit	ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν	1	in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope	Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	5	u2zm			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
-ROM	15	5	g5xm		Θεὸς…δῴη	1	may … God … grant	“I pray that … God … will grant”
-ROM	15	5	ws7q		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1	to be of the same mind with each other	“to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united”
+ROM	15	5	g5xm		Θεὸς…δῴη	1	may … God … grant	Alternate translation: “I pray that … God … will grant”
+ROM	15	5	ws7q		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1	to be of the same mind with each other	Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united”
 ROM	15	6	uz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε	1	praise with one mouth	This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	15	7	z941		προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους	1	receive one another	“accept one another”
+ROM	15	7	z941		προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους	1	receive one another	Alternate translation: “accept one another”
 ROM	15	8	gbh8		λέγω γὰρ	1	For I say	The pronoun **I** refers to Paul.
 ROM	15	8	k4my	figs-metonymy	Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς	1	Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision	Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	15	8	r0gd	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1731,9 +1731,9 @@ ROM	15	8	dxz1	figs-activepassive	τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέ
 ROM	15	9	k5q7		τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν	1	and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy	This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy”
 ROM	15	9	xgc4	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it is written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	15	9	em5q	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ	1	sing praise to your name	Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	15	10	yvy9		καὶ πάλιν λέγει	1	Again it says	“And again the scripture says”
+ROM	15	10	yvy9		καὶ πάλιν λέγει	1	Again it says	Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says”
 ROM	15	10	x4kg	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	with his people	This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	15	11	xw7t		ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν	1	Let praise him	“let … praise the Lord”
+ROM	15	11	xw7t		ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν	1	Let praise him	Alternate translation: “let … praise the Lord”
 ROM	15	12	fta5	figs-metonymy	ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί	1	root of Jesse	**Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	15	12	i4nn	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν	1	in him the Gentiles will have hope	Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	13	w7wn	figs-hyperbole	πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης	1	May fill you with all joy and peace	Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ ROM	15	14	ge2l	figs-explicit	δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νου
 ROM	15	15	n2gr	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the grace given me by God	Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	15	16	wiw1	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος	1	the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable	Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	15	18	lu97	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ	1	by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-ROM	15	18	by9s		εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν	1	for the obedience of the Gentiles	“so that the Gentiles will obey God”
+ROM	15	18	by9s		εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν	1	for the obedience of the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God”
 ROM	15	18	xds3	figs-explicit	λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ	1	These are things done by word and action	Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	19	g8bk	figs-doublet	σημείων καὶ τεράτων	1	signs and wonders	These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ROM	15	19	c8ff		ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ	1	so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum	This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy.
@@ -1758,36 +1758,36 @@ ROM	15	22	f1fq			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells the believers in Rome about
 ROM	15	22	ex5j	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην	1	I was also hindered	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	15	23	b6kl	figs-explicit	μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις	1	I no longer have any place in these regions	Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	24	si59	translate-names	τὴν Σπανίαν	1	Spain	At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ROM	15	24	c6wq		διαπορευόμενος	1	in passing	“as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way”
+ROM	15	24	c6wq		διαπορευόμενος	1	in passing	Alternate translation: “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way”
 ROM	15	24	vya3	figs-explicit	καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ	1	and to be helped by you along my journey there	Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	24	rzie	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ	1		You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “and that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	15	24	wg6d		ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ	1	I have enjoyed your company	“after I have enjoyed spending some time with you”
+ROM	15	24	wg6d		ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ	1	I have enjoyed your company	Alternate translation: “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you”
 ROM	15	26	vn1r	figs-synecdoche	εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα	1	it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia	Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	15	27	w5ap		εὐδόκησαν γάρ	1	Indeed they were please to do this	“Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it”
-ROM	15	27	tfz1		ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν	1	indeed, they are their debtors	“indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem”
-ROM	15	27	en7l		εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς	1	if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them	“since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers”
+ROM	15	27	w5ap		εὐδόκησαν γάρ	1	Indeed they were please to do this	Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it”
+ROM	15	27	tfz1		ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν	1	indeed, they are their debtors	Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem”
+ROM	15	27	en7l		εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς	1	if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them	Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers”
 ROM	15	28	zz8u	figs-metaphor	σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον	1	made sure that they have received what was collected	Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	15	29	ylq8	figs-explicit	ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι	1	I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ	This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	30	w1ta		δὲ	1	Now	If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here.
-ROM	15	30	yb7m		παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς	1	I urge you	“I encourage you”
+ROM	15	30	yb7m		παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς	1	I urge you	Alternate translation: “I encourage you”
 ROM	15	30	v9iy		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
-ROM	15	30	fy1v		συναγωνίσασθαί	1	to strive together with	“to work hard with” or “to struggle with”
+ROM	15	30	fy1v		συναγωνίσασθαί	1	to strive together with	Alternate translation: “to work hard with” or “to struggle with”
 ROM	15	31	u7st	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων	1	I may be rescued from those who are disobedient	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	15	31	nw5h	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται	1	and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers	Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	15	33	s947	figs-explicit	ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ	1	May the God of peace be with	The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	16	intro	qy96			0		# Romans 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	16	1	sg6a			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name.
-ROM	16	1	vkg8		συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην	1	I commend to you Phoebe	“I want you to respect Phoebe”
+ROM	16	1	vkg8		συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην	1	I commend to you Phoebe	Alternate translation: “I want you to respect Phoebe”
 ROM	16	1	sry4	translate-names	Φοίβην	1	Phoebe	**Phoebe** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	1	q86q	figs-exclusive	τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν	1	our sister	The word **our** refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	16	1	q669	translate-names	Κενχρεαῖς	1	Cenchrea	**Cenchrea** was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	2	cwx1	figs-explicit	αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	you may receive her in the Lord	Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “you would welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	16	2	yic3		ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων	1	in a manner worthy of the saints	“in the way that believers should welcome other believers”
+ROM	16	2	yic3		ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων	1	in a manner worthy of the saints	Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”
 ROM	16	2	qp4w	figs-euphemism	παραστῆτε αὐτῇ	1	stand by her	Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: “help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-ROM	16	2	inh1		καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ	2	has become a helper of many, and of myself as well	“has helped many people, and she has also helped me”
+ROM	16	2	inh1		καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ	2	has become a helper of many, and of myself as well	Alternate translation: “has helped many people, and she has also helped me”
 ROM	16	3	c5lg	translate-names	Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν	1	Priscilla and Aquila	**Priscilla** was the wife of **Aquila**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	3	fsk1	figs-explicit	τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	my fellow workers in Christ Jesus	Paul’s **fellow workers** are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	16	5	i32d		καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Greet the church that is in their house	“and greet the believers who meet in their house to worship”
+ROM	16	5	i32d		καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Greet the church that is in their house	Alternate translation: “and greet the believers who meet in their house to worship”
 ROM	16	5	bn9z	translate-names	Ἐπαίνετον	1	Epaenetus	**Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	5	d1f1	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν	1	firstfruit of Asia to Christ	Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	16	6	ew2z	translate-names	Μαρίαν	1	Mary	**Mary** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ ROM	16	7	tzk4	translate-names	Ἀνδρόνικον	1	Andronicus	**Andronicus**
 ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	This could refer to: (1) Junia, a woman’s name. (2) Junias, a man’s name, although this is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	7	gce3	figs-activepassive	οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	They are prominent among the apostles	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	16	8	h976	translate-names	Ἀμπλιᾶτον	1	Ampliatus	**Ampliatus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ROM	16	8	alh2		τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	my beloved in the Lord	“my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord”
+ROM	16	8	alh2		τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	my beloved in the Lord	Alternate translation: “my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord”
 ROM	16	9	bd5l	translate-names	Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν	1	Urbanus … Stachys	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	10	k55t	translate-names	Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου	1	Apelles … Aristobulus	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	10	q96n		τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the approved in Christ	The word **approved** refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved”
@@ -1813,9 +1813,9 @@ ROM	16	16	g2z1		φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	a holy kiss	an expression of affec
 ROM	16	16	t1q4	figs-hyperbole	ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	All the churches of Christ greet you	Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	16	17	u1m9			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God.
 ROM	16	17	wx6r		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
-ROM	16	17	ztv5		σκοπεῖν	1	to think about	“to watch out for”
+ROM	16	17	ztv5		σκοπεῖν	1	to think about	Alternate translation: “to watch out for”
 ROM	16	17	n59l	figs-explicit	τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας	1	who are causing the divisions and obstacles	This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	16	17	j9x7		παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε	1	They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned	“and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned”
+ROM	16	17	j9x7		παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε	1	They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned	Alternate translation: “and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned”
 ROM	16	17	b318	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Turn away from them	Here, **turn away** is a metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	16	18	ea6h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1	but their own stomach	The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	16	18	nxn4	figs-metonymy	ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1	but their own stomach	Here, **stomach** is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Alternate translation: “but they only care about their physical desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1824,19 +1824,19 @@ ROM	16	18	eif6	figs-doublet	καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας κ
 ROM	16	18	c2je	figs-metonymy	ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων	1	they deceive the hearts of the innocent	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	16	18	m9h5		τῶν ἀκάκων	1	innocent	This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “of those who innocently trust them” or “of those who do not know these teachers are fooling them”
 ROM	16	19	imc7	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο	1	For your obedience reaches everyone	Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	16	19	le5l		ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν	1	innocent to that which is evil	“not involved in doing evil things”
+ROM	16	19	le5l		ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν	1	innocent to that which is evil	Alternate translation: “not involved in doing evil things”
 ROM	16	20	s3cq	figs-metaphor	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει	1	The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet	The phrase **crush … under your feet** refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over **Satan** as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their **feet**. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	16	21	z4g3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him.
 ROM	16	21	ku15	translate-names	Λούκιος…Ἰάσων…Σωσίπατρος	1	Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	22	xu3q	translate-names	ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	Tertius, who write this epistle	**Tertius** is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ROM	16	22	nx4g		ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	greet you in the Lord	“greet you as a fellow believer”
+ROM	16	22	nx4g		ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	greet you in the Lord	Alternate translation: “greet you as a fellow believer”
 ROM	16	23	sw7r	translate-names	Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος	1	Gaius … Erastus … Quartus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	23	j9u7		ὁ ξένος	1	the host	This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship.
 ROM	16	23	m5hg		ὁ οἰκονόμος	1	the treasurer	This is a person who takes care of the money for a group.
 ROM	16	25	psm3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul closes with a prayer of blessing.
 ROM	16	25	v71l		δὲ	1	Now	Here the word **Now** marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here.
 ROM	16	25	pp5k	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι	1	to strengthen you	Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were being set firmly in place. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	16	25	kmw1		κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ	“by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ”
+ROM	16	25	kmw1		κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ”
 ROM	16	25	s5ky	figs-metaphor	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου	1	according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages	Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a **secret**. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers what had been kept secret for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	16	25	n6c1	figs-activepassive	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	16	26	d7r5	figs-doublet	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος	1	but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God	The verbs **revealed** and **made known** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “but now the mystery has been made known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so people can believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1863,5 +1863,5 @@ ROM	3	9	drcx	figs-exclusive	προῃτιασάμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used
 ROM	3	9	q88t	figs-merism	Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας	1		Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 ROM	3	14	df77	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	9	s0px	figs-metaphor	πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	5	16	x6ot	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δώρημα…τὸ…κρίμα…κατάκριμα…τὸ… χάρισμα…παραπτωμάτων…δικαίωμα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “what God gives … God judging … being condemned … what God gives … ways people trespass … being made right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	16	x6ot	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δώρημα…τὸ…κρίμα…κατάκριμα…τὸ… χάρισμα…παραπτωμάτων…δικαίωμα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “what God gives … God judging … being condemned … what God gives … ways people trespass … being made right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
 ROM	5	16	kawg	figs-nominaladj	ἑνὸς…ἑνὸς	1		See how you translated this word in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])

en_tn_54-2TH.tsv

@@ -9,42 +9,42 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	1	3	m6z5			0	General Information:	Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica.
 2TH	1	3	ea59	figs-hyperbole	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε	1	We ought always to give thanks to God	Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	1	3	h6t9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	1	3	u3m8		καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν	1	just as it is fitting	“for it is the right thing to do”
-2TH	1	3	xy7k		πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing	“you sincerely love one another more and more”
+2TH	1	3	u3m8		καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν	1	just as it is fitting	Alternate translation: “for it is the right thing to do”
+2TH	1	3	xy7k		πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing	Alternate translation: “you sincerely love one another more and more”
 2TH	1	3	bmn6		ἀλλήλους	1	one another	Here, **one another** means fellow Christians.
 2TH	1	4	kx1n	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς	1	we ourselves	Here, **ourselves** is used to emphasize Paul’s boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2TH	1	5	dad9	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	6	wrg2			0	Connecting Statement:	As Paul continues, he talks about God being just.
-2TH	1	6	cxx1		εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	“for God is certainly right” or “because God is just”
+2TH	1	6	cxx1		εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	Alternate translation: “for God is certainly right” or “because God is just”
 2TH	1	6	id3i	figs-metaphor	παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1	for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you	Here, **to return** is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	1	7	hxy2	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1	and relief to you	These words continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “and to relieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	1	7	lu43	figs-ellipsis	ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1	relief to you	You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: “for God to provide relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	1	7	yix7		ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ	1	his mighty angels	“his powerful angels”
-2TH	1	8	y3uv		ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν	1	in flaming fire taking vengeance on those who have not known God	“he will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God” or “then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God”
+2TH	1	7	yix7		ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ	1	his mighty angels	Alternate translation: “his powerful angels”
+2TH	1	8	y3uv		ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν	1	in flaming fire taking vengeance on those who have not known God	Alternate translation: “he will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God” or “then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God”
 2TH	1	9	plw5	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον	1	who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction	Here, **who** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish them with eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	10	ugk9		ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	when he comes on that day	Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
 2TH	1	10	bi2u	figs-activepassive	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1	to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	11	ik19	figs-hyperbole	καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν	1	we also pray always for you	Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	1	11	hiv9		τῆς κλήσεως	1	of your calling	Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
-2TH	1	11	r8gk		πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	“he would make you able to do good in every way that you desire”
+2TH	1	11	r8gk		πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	Alternate translation: “he would make you able to do good in every way that you desire”
 2TH	1	12	q994	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	pg2i	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	and you in him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	1	12	z8k9		κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	according to the grace of our God	“because of God’s grace”
+2TH	1	12	z8k9		κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	according to the grace of our God	Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace”
 2TH	2	intro	jq9r			0		# 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br><br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br><br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	1	r36t			0	General Information:	Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
 2TH	2	1	q1uq		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
 2TH	2	1	cvg5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	2	b8b2		εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς, μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι	1	for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled	“so that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed in your thinking”
-2TH	2	2	d334		διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν	1	by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us	“by a spirit or a spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us”
-2TH	2	2	k4dk		ὡς ὅτι	1	as if that	“saying that”
+2TH	2	2	b8b2		εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς, μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι	1	for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled	Alternate translation: “so that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed in your thinking”
+2TH	2	2	d334		διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν	1	by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us	Alternate translation: “by a spirit or a spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us”
+2TH	2	2	k4dk		ὡς ὅτι	1	as if that	Alternate translation: “saying that”
 2TH	2	2	ib6m		ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the day of the Lord	Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
 2TH	2	3	l9c5			0	General Information:	Paul teaches about the man of lawlessness.
-2TH	2	3	ej66		μὴ ἔλθῃ	1	it may not come	“the day of the Lord will not come”
+2TH	2	3	ej66		μὴ ἔλθῃ	1	it may not come	Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will not come”
 2TH	2	3	y7ch		ἡ ἀποστασία	1	the apostacy	Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God.
 2TH	2	3	e86v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1	the man of lawlessness may be revealed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	3	tkg9	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Paul speaks of **destruction** as a person who bore a **son** whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: “the one who destroys everything he can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	4	t485	figs-activepassive	πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα	1	everything being called god or an object of worship	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	4	wj33		ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός	1	showing that he himself is God	“showing himself as God”
+2TH	2	4	wj33		ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός	1	showing that he himself is God	Alternate translation: “showing himself as God”
 2TH	2	5	rsz1	figs-rquestion	οὐ μνημονεύετε…ταῦτα	1	Do you not remember … these things?	Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sure you remember … these things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2TH	2	5	lkk7		ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to the return of Jesus, the day of the Lord, and the man of lawlessness.
 2TH	2	6	ask4	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ	1	he is revealed in his time	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the man of lawlessness when the time is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -53,70 +53,73 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	8	hn67	figs-activepassive	καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος	1	and then the lawless one will be revealed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	8	vay9	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	with the breath of his mouth	Here, **breath** represents the power of God. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	2	8	hy3y		καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming	When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the **lawless one**.
-2TH	2	9	bd5m		ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	“with all kinds of power, and signs, and false wonders”
+2TH	2	9	bd5m		ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Alternate translation: “with all kinds of power, and signs, and false wonders”
 2TH	2	10	tf75		ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God.
 2TH	2	10	v366		τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις	1	to those who are perishing	This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus.
 2TH	2	10	pf48		ἀπολλυμένοις	1	who are perishing	Here, **perishing** has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
-2TH	2	11	sj1v		διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	“because the people do not love the truth”
+2TH	2	11	sj1v		διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	Alternate translation: “because the people do not love the truth”
 2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	12	d63e	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσιν πάντες	1	they might all be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	12	pkw8		οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	“those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
+2TH	2	12	pkw8		οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	Alternate translation: “those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
 2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	13	bcd5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul now changes topics.
 2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
-2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR “"”we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	14	e0gy	figs-ellipsis		1		
+2TH	2	14	e0gy	figs-ellipsis		1		Here, the phrase “through our gospel” does not mean that it is Paul’s gospel. It refers to the gospel that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “by means of the gospel preached to you” OR “through the gospel that we preached to you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	2	14	thmh	figs-explicit		1		The phrase “to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” does not mean that we will take over or dividing up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “you might share in the glory” or “you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
-2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	15	z2vs	figs-synecdoche	εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν	1	whether by word or by our letter	Here, **by word** is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **teachings** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	15	z2vs	figs-synecdoche	εἴτε διὰ λόγου	1	whether by word or by our letter	Here, **by word** is a synecdoche which means that Paul was present there teaching them personally.  Alternate translation: “when we were with you” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TH	2	15	jrg4	figs-explicit	εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν	1	whether by word or by our letter	You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	16	njk1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends with a blessing from God.
 2TH	2	16	g8m1		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic.
-2TH	2	16	yge9	figs-exclusive	ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς	1	our Lord … who loved us and gave us	The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2TH	2	16	yge9	figs-inclusive	ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς	1	our Lord … who loved us and gave us	The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
 2TH	2	16	cm54	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς	1	our Lord Jesus Christ himself	Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-2TH	2	17	x3rr	figs-metonymy	παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι	1	may he comfort and strengthen your hearts	Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	2	17	yw5f		παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ	1	every good work and word	“every good thing you do and say”
+2TH	2	17	x3rr	figs-metonymy	παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι	1	may he comfort and strengthen your hearts	Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. If hearts is not the seat of emotions in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	2	17	yw5f	figs-synecdoche	παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ	1	every good work and word	The phrase “work and word“ can be better expressed in verbs to make it more clear. Alternative translation:  “every good thing you do and say” or “you will do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TH	3	intro	b8hk			0		# 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 2TH	3	1	k33i			0	General Information:	Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
-2TH	3	1	jy75		τὸ λοιπὸν	1	Finally	Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic.
+2TH	3	1	jy75		τὸ λοιπὸν	1	Finally	Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic. This is not the final instructions that were given by Paul but it means that he is now saying about the remaining matters that were not discussed before. This can also be translated as “one more thing” or “So, continuing on.”
 2TH	3	1	m1s5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	1	r54v	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	3	1	yvkm	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	3	1	v8k2	figs-exclusive		1		The pronoun **us** refers to Paul and his companions. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2TH	3	1	r54v	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God’s word to a person who takes good news to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	1	yvkm	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	You can state this in active form, if passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	3	2	xg2h	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶμεν	1	we might be rescued	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	3	2	p1ct		οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις	1	for not everyone has faith	“for many people do not believe in Jesus”
-2TH	3	3	yx9g		ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	“who will strengthen”
-2TH	3	3	p91k		τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	“Satan”
-2TH	3	4	xk85		πεποίθαμεν	1	we are confident	“we have faith” or “we trust”
-2TH	3	5	giz4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	may the Lord direct your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	3	5	wre3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ	Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	2	h11p	figs-doublet		1		These two terms mean basically the same thing. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. A qualifier like “very” can be used as an equivalent. Alternate translation: “very wicked men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	3	2	p1ct	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις	1	for not everyone has faith	**not everyone** is not negative but it means “some people.” If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for many people do not believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+2TH	3	3	yx9g	figs-explicit	ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	strengthen here does not mean the physical strength but spiritual. This can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “he will strengthen you inwardly” or “he can make you strong spiritually”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	3	p91k		τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	Alternate translation: “Satan”
+2TH	3	4	xk85	figs-nominaladj	πεποίθαμεν	1	we are confident	Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+2TH	3	5	giz4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	may the Lord direct your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind.  If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” or “may the Lord help you to know”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	5	wre3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ	Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path.  If your readers would not understand, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	6	mst3			0	General Information:	Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle.
 2TH	3	6	v33v		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic.
 2TH	3	6	x9l8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2TH	3	7	h222		μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	“to act the way that my fellow workers and I act”
-2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	3	8	d9h1	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1	working night and day	Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working during the night and during the day” or “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-2TH	3	8	w8fq	figs-doublet	ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ	1	in toil and hardship	Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The word **toil** implies work that requires great effort. The word **hardship** implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TH	3	9	sn3k	figs-doublenegatives	οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’	1	not because we do not have authority, but	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	3	10	c652	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω	1	If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	3	11	ey6c	figs-metaphor	τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως	1	some who are walking idly	Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** is a metonymy for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	**to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or ”we were not lazy when we were with you“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2TH	3	8	d9h1	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1	working night and day	Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” If this means that they worked without any rest in your language, then you can make it clear. Alternate translation: “working almost all the time” or “we worked continuously/without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+2TH	3	8	w8fq	figs-doublet	ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ	1	in toil and hardship	Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The two words have similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words you can use here, or it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you can use a qualifier. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	3	9	sn3k	figs-doublenegatives	οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’	1	not because we do not have authority, but	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2TH	3	10	c652	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω	1	If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat	You can state this in positive form, if it is difficult to understand in your language. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2TH	3	11	ey6c	figs-metaphor	τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως	1	some who are walking idly	Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	11	iv1z		ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους	1	but meddling	Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help.
 2TH	3	12	bm6z		μετὰ ἡσυχίας	1	with quietness	Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. Alternate translation: “in a quiet, peaceful, and mild manner”
 2TH	3	13	jx8t		δέ	1	But	Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers.
-2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-youplural	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. So, it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TH	3	13	usu9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	14	mzs4		εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	“if anyone does not obey our instructions”
-2TH	3	14	nv3v	figs-idiom	τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε	1	note this one	Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TH	3	14	y552		ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action.
+2TH	3	14	mzs4		εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Alternate translation: “if anyone does not obey our instructions”
+2TH	3	14	nv3v	figs-idiom	τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε	1	note this one	Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TH	3	14	y552	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. Sometimes, it is necessary to make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	16	nef4			0	General Information:	Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
-2TH	3	16	whb9	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν	1	may the Lord of peace himself give you	You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	16	whb9	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν	1	may the Lord of peace himself give you	You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	16	zl1s	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης	1	the Lord of peace himself	Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-2TH	3	17	c2cb		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω	1	This greeting is in my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write	“I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me”
+2TH	3	17	c2cb		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω	1	This greeting is in my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write	Alternate translation: “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me”
 2TH	3	17	wg3f		οὕτως γράφω	1	In this manner I write	Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.